Annotation of gcc/loop.c, revision 1.1.1.2

1.1       root        1: /* Move constant computations out of loops.
                      2:    Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
                      3: 
                      4: This file is part of GNU CC.
                      5: 
                      6: GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
                      7: it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                      8: the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
                      9: any later version.
                     10: 
                     11: GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                     12: but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                     13: MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                     14: GNU General Public License for more details.
                     15: 
                     16: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                     17: along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
                     18: the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
                     19: 
                     20: 
                     21: /* This is the loop optimization pass of the compiler.
                     22:    It finds invariant computations within loops and moves them
                     23:    to the beginning of the loop.  Then it identifies basic and 
                     24:    general induction variables.  Strength reduction is applied to the general
                     25:    induction variables, and induction variable elimination is applied to
                     26:    the basic induction variables.
                     27: 
                     28:    It also finds cases where
                     29:    a register is set within the loop by zero-extending a narrower value
                     30:    and changes these to zero the entire register once before the loop
                     31:    and merely copy the low part within the loop.
                     32: 
                     33:    Most of the complexity is in heuristics to decide when it is worth
                     34:    while to do these things.  */
                     35: 
                     36: #include "config.h"
                     37: #include "rtl.h"
                     38: #include "obstack.h"
                     39: #include "expr.h"
                     40: #include "insn-config.h"
                     41: #include "insn-flags.h"
                     42: #include "regs.h"
                     43: #include "hard-reg-set.h"
                     44: #include "recog.h"
                     45: #include "flags.h"
                     46: #include "real.h"
                     47: #include <stdio.h>
                     48: #include "loop.h"
                     49: 
                     50: /* Vector mapping INSN_UIDs to luids.
1.1.1.2 ! root       51:    The luids are like uids but increase monotonically always.
1.1       root       52:    We use them to see whether a jump comes from outside a given loop.  */
                     53: 
                     54: int *uid_luid;
                     55: 
                     56: /* Indexed by INSN_UID, contains the ordinal giving the (innermost) loop
                     57:    number the insn is contained in.  */
                     58: 
                     59: int *uid_loop_num;
                     60: 
                     61: /* 1 + largest uid of any insn.  */
                     62: 
                     63: int max_uid_for_loop;
                     64: 
                     65: /* 1 + luid of last insn.  */
                     66: 
                     67: static int max_luid;
                     68: 
                     69: /* Number of loops detected in current function.  Used as index to the
                     70:    next few tables.  */
                     71: 
                     72: static int max_loop_num;
                     73: 
                     74: /* Indexed by loop number, contains the first and last insn of each loop.  */
                     75: 
                     76: static rtx *loop_number_loop_starts, *loop_number_loop_ends;
                     77: 
                     78: /* For each loop, gives the containing loop number, -1 if none.  */
                     79: 
                     80: int *loop_outer_loop;
                     81: 
                     82: /* Indexed by loop number, contains a nonzero value if the "loop" isn't
                     83:    really a loop (an insn outside the loop branches into it).  */
                     84: 
                     85: static char *loop_invalid;
                     86: 
                     87: /* Indexed by loop number, links together all LABEL_REFs which refer to
                     88:    code labels outside the loop.  Used by routines that need to know all
                     89:    loop exits, such as final_biv_value and final_giv_value.
                     90: 
                     91:    This does not include loop exits due to return instructions.  This is
                     92:    because all bivs and givs are pseudos, and hence must be dead after a
                     93:    return, so the presense of a return does not affect any of the
                     94:    optimizations that use this info.  It is simpler to just not include return
                     95:    instructions on this list.  */
                     96: 
                     97: rtx *loop_number_exit_labels;
                     98: 
                     99: /* Holds the number of loop iterations.  It is zero if the number could not be
                    100:    calculated.  Must be unsigned long since the number of iterations can
                    101:    be as high as 2^31-1.  For loops with a DImode iterator, this number will
                    102:    will be zero if the number of loop iterations is too large for an
                    103:    unsigned long to hold.  */
                    104: 
                    105: unsigned long loop_n_iterations;
                    106: 
                    107: /* Nonzero if there is a subroutine call in the current loop.
                    108:    (unknown_address_altered is also nonzero in this case.)  */
                    109: 
                    110: static int loop_has_call;
                    111: 
                    112: /* Added loop_continue which is the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT of the
                    113:    current loop.  A continue statement will generate a branch to
                    114:    NEXT_INSN (loop_continue).  */
                    115: 
                    116: static rtx loop_continue;
                    117: 
                    118: /* Indexed by register number, contains the number of times the reg
                    119:    is set during the loop being scanned.
                    120:    During code motion, a negative value indicates a reg that has been
                    121:    made a candidate; in particular -2 means that it is an candidate that
                    122:    we know is equal to a constant and -1 means that it is an condidate
                    123:    not known equal to a constant.
                    124:    After code motion, regs moved have 0 (which is accurate now)
                    125:    while the failed candidates have the original number of times set.
                    126: 
                    127:    Therefore, at all times, == 0 indicates an invariant register;
                    128:    < 0 a conditionally invariant one.  */
                    129: 
                    130: static short *n_times_set;
                    131: 
                    132: /* Original value of n_times_set; same except that this value
                    133:    is not set negative for a reg whose sets have been made candidates
                    134:    and not set to 0 for a reg that is moved.  */
                    135: 
                    136: static short *n_times_used;
                    137: 
                    138: /* Index by register number, 1 indicates that the register
                    139:    cannot be moved or strength reduced.  */
                    140: 
                    141: static char *may_not_optimize;
                    142: 
                    143: /* Nonzero means reg N has already been moved out of one loop.
                    144:    This reduces the desire to move it out of another.  */
                    145: 
                    146: static char *moved_once;
                    147: 
                    148: /* Array of MEMs that are stored in this loop. If there are too many to fit
                    149:    here, we just turn on unknown_address_altered.  */
                    150: 
                    151: #define NUM_STORES 20
                    152: static rtx loop_store_mems[NUM_STORES];
                    153: 
                    154: /* Index of first available slot in above array.  */
                    155: static int loop_store_mems_idx;
                    156: 
                    157: /* Nonzero if we don't know what MEMs were changed in the current loop.
                    158:    This happens if the loop contains a call (in which call `loop_has_call'
                    159:    will also be set) or if we store into more than NUM_STORES MEMs.  */
                    160: 
                    161: static int unknown_address_altered;
                    162: 
                    163: /* Count of movable (i.e. invariant) instructions discovered in the loop.  */
                    164: static int num_movables;
                    165: 
                    166: /* Count of memory write instructions discovered in the loop.  */
                    167: static int num_mem_sets;
                    168: 
                    169: /* Number of loops contained within the current one, including itself.  */
                    170: static int loops_enclosed;
                    171: 
                    172: /* Bound on pseudo register number before loop optimization.
                    173:    A pseudo has valid regscan info if its number is < max_reg_before_loop.  */
                    174: int max_reg_before_loop;
                    175: 
                    176: /* This obstack is used in product_cheap_p to allocate its rtl.  It
                    177:    may call gen_reg_rtx which, in turn, may reallocate regno_reg_rtx.
                    178:    If we used the same obstack that it did, we would be deallocating
                    179:    that array.  */
                    180: 
                    181: static struct obstack temp_obstack;
                    182: 
                    183: /* This is where the pointer to the obstack being used for RTL is stored.  */
                    184: 
                    185: extern struct obstack *rtl_obstack;
                    186: 
                    187: #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
                    188: #define obstack_chunk_free free
                    189: 
                    190: extern char *oballoc ();
                    191: extern int xmalloc ();
                    192: extern void free ();
                    193: 
                    194: /* During the analysis of a loop, a chain of `struct movable's
                    195:    is made to record all the movable insns found.
                    196:    Then the entire chain can be scanned to decide which to move.  */
                    197: 
                    198: struct movable
                    199: {
                    200:   rtx insn;                    /* A movable insn */
                    201:   rtx set_src;                 /* The expression this reg is set from. */
                    202:   rtx set_dest;                        /* The destination of this SET. */
                    203:   rtx dependencies;            /* When INSN is libcall, this is an EXPR_LIST
                    204:                                   of any registers used within the LIBCALL. */
                    205:   int consec;                  /* Number of consecutive following insns 
                    206:                                   that must be moved with this one.  */
                    207:   int regno;                   /* The register it sets */
                    208:   short lifetime;              /* lifetime of that register;
                    209:                                   may be adjusted when matching movables
                    210:                                   that load the same value are found.  */
                    211:   short savings;               /* Number of insns we can move for this reg,
                    212:                                   including other movables that force this
                    213:                                   or match this one.  */
                    214:   unsigned int cond : 1;       /* 1 if only conditionally movable */
                    215:   unsigned int force : 1;      /* 1 means MUST move this insn */
                    216:   unsigned int global : 1;     /* 1 means reg is live outside this loop */
                    217:                /* If PARTIAL is 1, GLOBAL means something different:
                    218:                   that the reg is live outside the range from where it is set
                    219:                   to the following label.  */
                    220:   unsigned int done : 1;       /* 1 inhibits further processing of this */
                    221:   
                    222:   unsigned int partial : 1;    /* 1 means this reg is used for zero-extending.
                    223:                                   In particular, moving it does not make it
                    224:                                   invariant.  */
                    225:   unsigned int move_insn : 1;  /* 1 means that we call emit_move_insn to
                    226:                                   load SRC, rather than copying INSN.  */
                    227:   unsigned int is_equiv : 1;   /* 1 means a REG_EQUIV is present on INSN. */
                    228:   enum machine_mode savemode;   /* Nonzero means it is a mode for a low part
                    229:                                   that we should avoid changing when clearing
                    230:                                   the rest of the reg.  */
                    231:   struct movable *match;       /* First entry for same value */
                    232:   struct movable *forces;      /* An insn that must be moved if this is */
                    233:   struct movable *next;
                    234: };
                    235: 
                    236: FILE *loop_dump_stream;
                    237: 
                    238: /* Forward declarations.  */
                    239: 
                    240: static void find_and_verify_loops ();
                    241: static void mark_loop_jump ();
                    242: static void prescan_loop ();
                    243: static int reg_in_basic_block_p ();
                    244: static int consec_sets_invariant_p ();
                    245: static rtx libcall_other_reg ();
                    246: static int labels_in_range_p ();
                    247: static void count_loop_regs_set ();
                    248: static void note_addr_stored ();
                    249: static int loop_reg_used_before_p ();
                    250: static void scan_loop ();
                    251: static void replace_call_address ();
                    252: static rtx skip_consec_insns ();
                    253: static int libcall_benefit ();
                    254: static void ignore_some_movables ();
                    255: static void force_movables ();
                    256: static void combine_movables ();
                    257: static int rtx_equal_for_loop_p ();
                    258: static void move_movables ();
                    259: static void strength_reduce ();
                    260: static int valid_initial_value_p ();
                    261: static void find_mem_givs ();
                    262: static void record_biv ();
                    263: static void check_final_value ();
                    264: static void record_giv ();
                    265: static void update_giv_derive ();
                    266: static void delete_insn_forces ();
                    267: static int basic_induction_var ();
                    268: static rtx simplify_giv_expr ();
                    269: static int general_induction_var ();
                    270: static int consec_sets_giv ();
                    271: static int check_dbra_loop ();
                    272: static rtx express_from ();
                    273: static int combine_givs_p ();
                    274: static void combine_givs ();
                    275: static int product_cheap_p ();
                    276: static int maybe_eliminate_biv ();
                    277: static int maybe_eliminate_biv_1 ();
                    278: static int last_use_this_basic_block ();
                    279: static void record_initial ();
                    280: static void update_reg_last_use ();
                    281: 
                    282: /* Relative gain of eliminating various kinds of operations.  */
                    283: int add_cost;
                    284: #if 0
                    285: int shift_cost;
                    286: int mult_cost;
                    287: #endif
                    288: 
                    289: /* Benefit penalty, if a giv is not replaceable, i.e. must emit an insn to
                    290:    copy the value of the strength reduced giv to its original register.  */
                    291: int copy_cost;
                    292: 
                    293: void
                    294: init_loop ()
                    295: {
                    296:   char *free_point = (char *) oballoc (1);
                    297:   rtx reg = gen_rtx (REG, SImode, 0);
                    298:   rtx pow2 = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, 32);
                    299:   rtx lea;
                    300:   int i;
                    301: 
                    302:   add_cost = rtx_cost (gen_rtx (PLUS, SImode, reg, reg));
                    303: 
                    304:   /* We multiply by 2 to reconcile the difference in scale between
                    305:      these two ways of computing costs.  Otherwise the cost of a copy
                    306:      will be far less than the cost of an add.  */
                    307: #ifdef REGISTER_MOVE_COST
                    308:   copy_cost = REGISTER_MOVE_COST (GENERAL_REGS, GENERAL_REGS) * 2;
                    309: #else
                    310:   copy_cost = 2 * 2;
                    311: #endif
                    312: 
                    313:   /* Free the objects we just allocated.  */
                    314:   obfree (free_point);
                    315: 
                    316:   /* Initialize the obstack used for rtl in product_cheap_p.  */
                    317:   gcc_obstack_init (&temp_obstack);
                    318: }
                    319: 
                    320: /* Entry point of this file.  Perform loop optimization
                    321:    on the current function.  F is the first insn of the function
                    322:    and DUMPFILE is a stream for output of a trace of actions taken
                    323:    (or 0 if none should be output).  */
                    324: 
                    325: void
                    326: loop_optimize (f, dumpfile)
                    327:      /* f is the first instruction of a chain of insns for one function */
                    328:      rtx f;
                    329:      FILE *dumpfile;
                    330: {
                    331:   register rtx insn;
                    332:   register int i;
                    333:   rtx end;
                    334:   rtx last_insn;
                    335: 
                    336:   loop_dump_stream = dumpfile;
                    337: 
                    338:   init_recog_no_volatile ();
                    339:   init_alias_analysis ();
                    340: 
                    341:   max_reg_before_loop = max_reg_num ();
                    342: 
                    343:   moved_once = (char *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop);
                    344:   bzero (moved_once, max_reg_before_loop);
                    345: 
                    346:   regs_may_share = 0;
                    347: 
                    348:   /* Count the number of loops. */
                    349: 
                    350:   max_loop_num = 0;
                    351:   for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                    352:     {
                    353:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
                    354:          && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
                    355:        max_loop_num++;
                    356:     }
                    357: 
                    358:   /* Don't waste time if no loops.  */
                    359:   if (max_loop_num == 0)
                    360:     return;
                    361: 
                    362:   /* Get size to use for tables indexed by uids.
                    363:      Leave some space for labels allocated by find_and_verify_loops.  */
                    364:   max_uid_for_loop = get_max_uid () + 1 + max_loop_num * 4;
                    365: 
                    366:   uid_luid = (int *) alloca (max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    367:   uid_loop_num = (int *) alloca (max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    368: 
                    369:   bzero (uid_luid, max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    370:   bzero (uid_loop_num, max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    371: 
                    372:   /* Allocate tables for recording each loop.  We set each entry, so they need
                    373:      not be zeroed.  */
                    374:   loop_number_loop_starts = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
                    375:   loop_number_loop_ends = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
                    376:   loop_outer_loop = (int *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (int));
                    377:   loop_invalid = (char *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (char));
                    378:   loop_number_exit_labels = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
                    379: 
                    380:   if (flag_unroll_loops && write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
                    381:     {
                    382:       loop_number_first_block
                    383:        = (union tree_node **) alloca (max_loop_num
                    384:                                       * sizeof (union tree_node *));
                    385:       loop_number_last_block
                    386:        = (union tree_node **) alloca (max_loop_num
                    387:                                       * sizeof (union tree_node *));
                    388:       loop_number_block_level = (int *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (int));
                    389:     }
                    390: 
                    391:   /* Find and process each loop.
                    392:      First, find them, and record them in order of their beginnings.  */
                    393:   find_and_verify_loops (f);
                    394: 
                    395:   /* Now find all register lifetimes.  This must be done after
                    396:      find_and_verify_loops, because it might reorder the insns in the
                    397:      function.  */
                    398:   reg_scan (f, max_reg_num (), 1);
                    399: 
                    400:   /* Compute the mapping from uids to luids.
                    401:      LUIDs are numbers assigned to insns, like uids,
                    402:      except that luids increase monotonically through the code.
                    403:      Don't assign luids to line-number NOTEs, so that the distance in luids
                    404:      between two insns is not affected by -g.  */
                    405: 
                    406:   for (insn = f, i = 0; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                    407:     {
                    408:       last_insn = insn;
                    409:       if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
                    410:          || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) <= 0)
                    411:        uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)] = ++i;
                    412:       else
                    413:        /* Give a line number note the same luid as preceding insn.  */
                    414:        uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)] = i;
                    415:     }
                    416: 
                    417:   max_luid = i + 1;
                    418: 
                    419:   /* Don't leave gaps in uid_luid for insns that have been
                    420:      deleted.  It is possible that the first or last insn
                    421:      using some register has been deleted by cross-jumping.
                    422:      Make sure that uid_luid for that former insn's uid
                    423:      points to the general area where that insn used to be.  */
                    424:   for (i = 0; i < max_uid_for_loop; i++)
                    425:     {
                    426:       uid_luid[0] = uid_luid[i];
                    427:       if (uid_luid[0] != 0)
                    428:        break;
                    429:     }
                    430:   for (i = 0; i < max_uid_for_loop; i++)
                    431:     if (uid_luid[i] == 0)
                    432:       uid_luid[i] = uid_luid[i - 1];
                    433: 
                    434:   /* Create a mapping from loops to BLOCK tree nodes.  */
                    435:   if (flag_unroll_loops && write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
                    436:     find_loop_tree_blocks (f);
                    437: 
                    438:   /* Now scan the loops, last ones first, since this means inner ones are done
                    439:      before outer ones.  */
                    440:   for (i = max_loop_num-1; i >= 0; i--)
                    441:     if (! loop_invalid[i] && loop_number_loop_ends[i])
                    442:       scan_loop (loop_number_loop_starts[i], loop_number_loop_ends[i],
                    443:                 max_reg_num ());
                    444: }
                    445: 
                    446: /* Optimize one loop whose start is LOOP_START and end is END.
                    447:    LOOP_START is the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG and END is the matching
                    448:    NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END.  */
                    449: 
                    450: /* ??? Could also move memory writes out of loops if the destination address
                    451:    is invariant, the source is invariant, the memory write is not volatile,
                    452:    and if we can prove that no read inside the loop can read this address
                    453:    before the write occurs.  If there is a read of this address after the
                    454:    write, then we can also mark the memory read as invariant.  */
                    455: 
                    456: static void
                    457: scan_loop (loop_start, end, nregs)
                    458:      rtx loop_start, end;
                    459:      int nregs;
                    460: {
                    461:   register int i;
                    462:   register rtx p;
                    463:   /* 1 if we are scanning insns that could be executed zero times.  */
                    464:   int maybe_never = 0;
                    465:   /* 1 if we are scanning insns that might never be executed
                    466:      due to a subroutine call which might exit before they are reached.  */
                    467:   int call_passed = 0;
                    468:   /* For a rotated loop that is entered near the bottom,
                    469:      this is the label at the top.  Otherwise it is zero.  */
                    470:   rtx loop_top = 0;
                    471:   /* Jump insn that enters the loop, or 0 if control drops in.  */
                    472:   rtx loop_entry_jump = 0;
                    473:   /* Place in the loop where control enters.  */
                    474:   rtx scan_start;
                    475:   /* Number of insns in the loop.  */
                    476:   int insn_count;
                    477:   int in_libcall = 0;
                    478:   int tem;
                    479:   rtx temp;
                    480:   /* The SET from an insn, if it is the only SET in the insn.  */
                    481:   rtx set, set1;
                    482:   /* Chain describing insns movable in current loop.  */
                    483:   struct movable *movables = 0;
                    484:   /* Last element in `movables' -- so we can add elements at the end.  */
                    485:   struct movable *last_movable = 0;
                    486:   /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
                    487:      for saving an instruction.  More if loop doesn't call subroutines
                    488:      since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
                    489:      and more registers are available.  */
                    490:   int threshold;
                    491:   /* If we have calls, contains the insn in which a register was used
                    492:      if it was used exactly once; contains const0_rtx if it was used more
                    493:      than once.  */
                    494:   rtx *reg_single_usage = 0;
                    495: 
                    496:   n_times_set = (short *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (short));
                    497:   n_times_used = (short *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (short));
                    498:   may_not_optimize = (char *) alloca (nregs);
                    499: 
                    500:   /* Determine whether this loop starts with a jump down to a test at
                    501:      the end.  This will occur for a small number of loops with a test
                    502:      that is too complex to duplicate in front of the loop.
                    503: 
                    504:      We search for the first insn or label in the loop, skipping NOTEs.
                    505:      However, we must be careful not to skip past a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
                    506:      (because we might have a loop executed only once that contains a
                    507:      loop which starts with a jump to its exit test) or a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
                    508:      (in case we have a degenerate loop).
                    509: 
                    510:      Note that if we mistakenly think that a loop is entered at the top
                    511:      when, in fact, it is entered at the exit test, the only effect will be
                    512:      slightly poorer optimization.  Making the opposite error can generate
                    513:      incorrect code.  Since very few loops now start with a jump to the 
                    514:      exit test, the code here to detect that case is very conservative.  */
                    515: 
                    516:   for (p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
                    517:        p != end
                    518:         && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) != 'i'
                    519:         && (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
                    520:             || (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
                    521:                 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END));
                    522:        p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                    523:     ;
                    524: 
                    525:   scan_start = p;
                    526: 
                    527:   /* Set up variables describing this loop.  */
                    528:   prescan_loop (loop_start, end);
                    529:   threshold = (loop_has_call ? 1 : 2) * (1 + n_non_fixed_regs);
                    530: 
                    531:   /* If loop has a jump before the first label,
                    532:      the true entry is the target of that jump.
                    533:      Start scan from there.
                    534:      But record in LOOP_TOP the place where the end-test jumps
                    535:      back to so we can scan that after the end of the loop.  */
                    536:   if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                    537:     {
                    538:       loop_entry_jump = p;
                    539: 
                    540:       /* Loop entry must be unconditional jump (and not a RETURN)  */
                    541:       if (simplejump_p (p)
                    542:          && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
                    543:          /* Check to see whether the jump actually
                    544:             jumps out of the loop (meaning it's no loop).
                    545:             This case can happen for things like
                    546:             do {..} while (0).  If this label was generated previously
                    547:             by loop, we can't tell anything about it and have to reject
                    548:             the loop.  */
                    549:          && INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < max_uid_for_loop
                    550:          && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) >= INSN_LUID (loop_start)
                    551:          && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (end))
                    552:        {
                    553:          loop_top = next_label (scan_start);
                    554:          scan_start = JUMP_LABEL (p);
                    555:        }
                    556:     }
                    557: 
                    558:   /* If SCAN_START was an insn created by loop, we don't know its luid
                    559:      as required by loop_reg_used_before_p.  So skip such loops.  (This
                    560:      test may never be true, but it's best to play it safe.) 
                    561: 
                    562:      Also, skip loops where we do not start scanning at a label.  This
                    563:      test also rejects loops starting with a JUMP_INSN that failed the
                    564:      test above.  */
                    565: 
                    566:   if (INSN_UID (scan_start) >= max_uid_for_loop
                    567:       || GET_CODE (scan_start) != CODE_LABEL)
                    568:     {
                    569:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                    570:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\nLoop from %d to %d is phony.\n\n",
                    571:                 INSN_UID (loop_start), INSN_UID (end));
                    572:       return;
                    573:     }
                    574: 
                    575:   /* Count number of times each reg is set during this loop.
                    576:      Set may_not_optimize[I] if it is not safe to move out
                    577:      the setting of register I.  If this loop has calls, set
                    578:      reg_single_usage[I].  */
                    579: 
                    580:   bzero (n_times_set, nregs * sizeof (short));
                    581:   bzero (may_not_optimize, nregs);
                    582: 
                    583:   if (loop_has_call)
                    584:     {
                    585:       reg_single_usage = (rtx *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                    586:       bzero (reg_single_usage, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                    587:     }
                    588: 
                    589:   count_loop_regs_set (loop_top ? loop_top : loop_start, end,
                    590:                       may_not_optimize, reg_single_usage, &insn_count, nregs);
                    591: 
                    592:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                    593:     may_not_optimize[i] = 1, n_times_set[i] = 1;
                    594:   bcopy (n_times_set, n_times_used, nregs * sizeof (short));
                    595: 
                    596:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                    597:     {
                    598:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\nLoop from %d to %d: %d real insns.\n",
                    599:               INSN_UID (loop_start), INSN_UID (end), insn_count);
                    600:       if (loop_continue)
                    601:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Continue at insn %d.\n",
                    602:                 INSN_UID (loop_continue));
                    603:     }
                    604: 
                    605:   /* Scan through the loop finding insns that are safe to move.
                    606:      Set n_times_set negative for the reg being set, so that
                    607:      this reg will be considered invariant for subsequent insns.
                    608:      We consider whether subsequent insns use the reg
                    609:      in deciding whether it is worth actually moving.
                    610: 
                    611:      MAYBE_NEVER is nonzero if we have passed a conditional jump insn
                    612:      and therefore it is possible that the insns we are scanning
                    613:      would never be executed.  At such times, we must make sure
                    614:      that it is safe to execute the insn once instead of zero times.
                    615:      When MAYBE_NEVER is 0, all insns will be executed at least once
                    616:      so that is not a problem.  */
                    617: 
                    618:   p = scan_start;
                    619:   while (1)
                    620:     {
                    621:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                    622:       /* At end of a straight-in loop, we are done.
                    623:         At end of a loop entered at the bottom, scan the top.  */
                    624:       if (p == scan_start)
                    625:        break;
                    626:       if (p == end)
                    627:        {
                    628:          if (loop_top != 0)
                    629:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_top);
                    630:          else
                    631:            break;
                    632:          if (p == scan_start)
                    633:            break;
                    634:        }
                    635: 
                    636:       if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
                    637:          && find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, 0))
                    638:        in_libcall = 1;
                    639:       else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
                    640:               && find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, 0))
                    641:        in_libcall = 0;
                    642: 
                    643:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
                    644:          && (set = single_set (p))
                    645:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                    646:          && ! may_not_optimize[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))])
                    647:        {
                    648:          int tem1 = 0;
                    649:          int tem2 = 0;
                    650:          int move_insn = 0;
                    651:          rtx src = SET_SRC (set);
                    652:          rtx dependencies = 0;
                    653: 
                    654:          /* Figure out what to use as a source of this insn.  If a REG_EQUIV
                    655:             note is given or if a REG_EQUAL note with a constant operand is
                    656:             specified, use it as the source and mark that we should move
                    657:             this insn by calling emit_move_insn rather that duplicating the
                    658:             insn.
                    659: 
                    660:             Otherwise, only use the REG_EQUAL contents if a REG_RETVAL note
                    661:             is present.  */
                    662:          temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, 0);
                    663:          if (temp)
                    664:            src = XEXP (temp, 0), move_insn = 1;
                    665:          else 
                    666:            {
                    667:              temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, 0);
                    668:              if (temp && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
                    669:                src = XEXP (temp, 0), move_insn = 1;
                    670:              if (temp && find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, 0))
                    671:                {
                    672:                  src = XEXP (temp, 0);
                    673:                  /* A libcall block can use regs that don't appear in
                    674:                     the equivalent expression.  To move the libcall,
                    675:                     we must move those regs too.  */
                    676:                  dependencies = libcall_other_reg (p, src);
                    677:                }
                    678:            }
                    679: 
                    680:          /* Don't try to optimize a register that was made
                    681:             by loop-optimization for an inner loop.
                    682:             We don't know its life-span, so we can't compute the benefit.  */
                    683:          if (REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) >= max_reg_before_loop)
                    684:            ;
                    685:          /* In order to move a register, we need to have one of three cases:
                    686:             (1) it is used only in the same basic block as the set
                    687:             (2) it is not a user variable.
                    688:             (3) the set is guaranteed to be executed once the loop starts,
                    689:                 and the reg is not used until after that.  */
                    690:          else if (! ((! maybe_never
                    691:                       && ! loop_reg_used_before_p (set, p, loop_start,
                    692:                                                    scan_start, end))
                    693:                      || ! REG_USERVAR_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)))
                    694:                      || reg_in_basic_block_p (p, SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)))))
                    695:            ;
                    696:          else if ((tem = invariant_p (src))
                    697:                   && (dependencies == 0
                    698:                       || (tem2 = invariant_p (dependencies)) != 0)
                    699:                   && (n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))] == 1
                    700:                       || (tem1
                    701:                           = consec_sets_invariant_p (SET_DEST (set),
                    702:                                                      n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))],
                    703:                                                      p)))
                    704:                   /* If the insn can cause a trap (such as divide by zero),
                    705:                      can't move it unless it's guaranteed to be executed
                    706:                      once loop is entered.  Even a function call might
                    707:                      prevent the trap insn from being reached
                    708:                      (since it might exit!)  */
                    709:                   && ! ((maybe_never || call_passed)
                    710:                         && may_trap_p (src)))
                    711:            {
                    712:              register struct movable *m;
                    713:              register int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
                    714: 
                    715:              /* A potential lossage is where we have a case where two insns
                    716:                 can be combined as long as they are both in the loop, but
                    717:                 we move one of them outside the loop.  For large loops,
                    718:                 this can lose.  The most common case of this is the address
                    719:                 of a function being called.  
                    720: 
                    721:                 Therefore, if this register is marked as being used exactly
                    722:                 once if we are in a loop with calls (a "large loop"), see if
                    723:                 we can replace the usage of this register with the source
                    724:                 of this SET.  If we can, delete this insn. 
                    725: 
                    726:                 Don't do this if P has a REG_RETVAL note or if we have
                    727:                 SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and SET_SRC is a hard register.  */
                    728: 
                    729:              if (reg_single_usage && reg_single_usage[regno] != 0
                    730:                  && reg_single_usage[regno] != const0_rtx
                    731:                  && regno_first_uid[regno] == INSN_UID (p)
                    732:                  && (regno_last_uid[regno]
                    733:                      == INSN_UID (reg_single_usage[regno]))
                    734:                  && n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))] == 1
                    735:                  && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (set))
                    736:                  && ! find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, 0)
                    737: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                    738:                  && ! (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG
                    739:                        && REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                    740: #endif
                    741:                  /* This test is not redundant; SET_SRC (set) might be
                    742:                     a call-clobbered register and the life of REGNO
                    743:                     might span a call.  */
                    744:                  && ! modified_between_p (SET_SRC (set), p,
                    745:                                          reg_single_usage[regno])
                    746:                  && validate_replace_rtx (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set),
                    747:                                           reg_single_usage[regno]))
                    748:                {
                    749:                  /* Replace any usage in a REG_EQUAL note.  */
                    750:                  REG_NOTES (reg_single_usage[regno])
                    751:                    = replace_rtx (REG_NOTES (reg_single_usage[regno]),
                    752:                                   SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set));
                    753:                                   
                    754:                  PUT_CODE (p, NOTE);
                    755:                  NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
                    756:                  NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (p) = 0;
                    757:                  n_times_set[regno] = 0;
                    758:                  continue;
                    759:                }
                    760: 
                    761:              m = (struct movable *) alloca (sizeof (struct movable));
                    762:              m->next = 0;
                    763:              m->insn = p;
                    764:              m->set_src = src;
                    765:              m->dependencies = dependencies;
                    766:              m->set_dest = SET_DEST (set);
                    767:              m->force = 0;
                    768:              m->consec = n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))] - 1;
                    769:              m->done = 0;
                    770:              m->forces = 0;
                    771:              m->partial = 0;
                    772:              m->move_insn = move_insn;
                    773:              m->is_equiv = (find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, 0) != 0);
                    774:              m->savemode = VOIDmode;
                    775:              m->regno = regno;
                    776:              /* Set M->cond if either invariant_p or consec_sets_invariant_p
                    777:                 returned 2 (only conditionally invariant).  */
                    778:              m->cond = ((tem | tem1 | tem2) > 1);
                    779:              m->global = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]] > INSN_LUID (end)
                    780:                           || uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]] < INSN_LUID (loop_start));
                    781:              m->match = 0;
                    782:              m->lifetime = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]]
                    783:                             - uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]]);
                    784:              m->savings = n_times_used[regno];
                    785:              if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, 0))
                    786:                m->savings += libcall_benefit (p);
                    787:              n_times_set[regno] = move_insn ? -2 : -1;
                    788:              /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES.  */
                    789:              if (movables == 0)
                    790:                movables = m;
                    791:              else
                    792:                last_movable->next = m;
                    793:              last_movable = m;
                    794: 
                    795:              if (m->consec > 0)
                    796:                {
                    797:                  /* Skip this insn, not checking REG_LIBCALL notes.  */
                    798:                  p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                    799:                  /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any.  */
                    800:                  p = skip_consec_insns (p, m->consec);
                    801:                  /* Back up to the last insn of the consecutive group.  */
                    802:                  p = prev_nonnote_insn (p);
                    803: 
                    804:                  /* We must now reset m->move_insn, m->is_equiv, and possibly
                    805:                     m->set_src to correspond to the effects of all the
                    806:                     insns.  */
                    807:                  temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, 0);
                    808:                  if (temp)
                    809:                    m->set_src = XEXP (temp, 0), m->move_insn = 1;
                    810:                  else
                    811:                    {
                    812:                      temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, 0);
                    813:                      if (temp && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
                    814:                        m->set_src = XEXP (temp, 0), m->move_insn = 1;
                    815:                      else
                    816:                        m->move_insn = 0;
                    817: 
                    818:                    }
                    819:                  m->is_equiv = (find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, 0) != 0);
                    820:                }
                    821:            }
                    822:          /* If this register is always set within a STRICT_LOW_PART
                    823:             or set to zero, then its high bytes are constant.
                    824:             So clear them outside the loop and within the loop
                    825:             just load the low bytes.
                    826:             We must check that the machine has an instruction to do so.
                    827:             Also, if the value loaded into the register
                    828:             depends on the same register, this cannot be done.  */
                    829:          else if (SET_SRC (set) == const0_rtx
                    830:                   && GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (p)) == INSN
                    831:                   && (set1 = single_set (NEXT_INSN (p)))
                    832:                   && GET_CODE (set1) == SET
                    833:                   && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set1)) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
                    834:                   && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1), 0)) == SUBREG)
                    835:                   && (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1), 0))
                    836:                       == SET_DEST (set))
                    837:                   && !reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set1)))
                    838:            {
                    839:              register int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
                    840:              if (n_times_set[regno] == 2)
                    841:                {
                    842:                  register struct movable *m;
                    843:                  m = (struct movable *) alloca (sizeof (struct movable));
                    844:                  m->next = 0;
                    845:                  m->insn = p;
                    846:                  m->set_dest = SET_DEST (set);
                    847:                  m->dependencies = 0;
                    848:                  m->force = 0;
                    849:                  m->consec = 0;
                    850:                  m->done = 0;
                    851:                  m->forces = 0;
                    852:                  m->move_insn = 0;
                    853:                  m->partial = 1;
                    854:                  /* If the insn may not be executed on some cycles,
                    855:                     we can't clear the whole reg; clear just high part.
                    856:                     Not even if the reg is used only within this loop.
                    857:                     Consider this:
                    858:                     while (1)
                    859:                       while (s != t) {
                    860:                         if (foo ()) x = *s;
                    861:                         use (x);
                    862:                       }
                    863:                     Clearing x before the inner loop could clobber a value
                    864:                     being saved from the last time around the outer loop.
                    865:                     However, if the reg is not used outside this loop
                    866:                     and all uses of the register are in the same
                    867:                     basic block as the store, there is no problem.
                    868: 
                    869:                     If this insn was made by loop, we don't know its
                    870:                     INSN_LUID and hence must make a conservative
                    871:                     assumption. */
                    872:                  m->global = (INSN_UID (p) >= max_uid_for_loop
                    873:                               || (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]]
                    874:                                   > INSN_LUID (end))
                    875:                               || (uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]]
                    876:                                   < INSN_LUID (p))
                    877:                               || (labels_in_range_p
                    878:                                   (p, uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]])));
                    879:                  if (maybe_never && m->global)
                    880:                    m->savemode = GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set1));
                    881:                  else
                    882:                    m->savemode = VOIDmode;
                    883:                  m->regno = regno;
                    884:                  m->cond = 0;
                    885:                  m->match = 0;
                    886:                  m->lifetime = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]]
                    887:                                 - uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]]);
                    888:                  m->savings = 1;
                    889:                  n_times_set[regno] = -1;
                    890:                  /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES.  */
                    891:                  if (movables == 0)
                    892:                    movables = m;
                    893:                  else
                    894:                    last_movable->next = m;
                    895:                  last_movable = m;
                    896:                }
                    897:            }
                    898:        }
                    899:       /* Past a call insn, we get to insns which might not be executed
                    900:         because the call might exit.  This matters for insns that trap.
                    901:         Call insns inside a REG_LIBCALL/REG_RETVAL block always return,
                    902:         so they don't count.  */
                    903:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN && ! in_libcall)
                    904:        call_passed = 1;
                    905:       /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we
                    906:         can't count on whether or how many times they will be
                    907:         executed during each iteration.  Therefore, we can
                    908:         only move out sets of trivial variables
                    909:         (those not used after the loop).  */
                    910:       /* This code appears in three places, once in scan_loop, and twice
                    911:         in strength_reduce.  */
                    912:       else if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                    913:               /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
                    914:                  beginning, don't set maybe_never for that.  This must be an
                    915:                  unconditional jump, otherwise the code at the top of the
                    916:                  loop might never be executed.  Unconditional jumps are
                    917:                  followed a by barrier then loop end.  */
                    918:                && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
                    919:                     && NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == end
                    920:                     && simplejump_p (p)))
                    921:        maybe_never = 1;
                    922:       /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
                    923:         be executed: logically, the loop begins here even though the exit
                    924:         code has been duplicated.  */
                    925:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                    926:               && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP)
                    927:        maybe_never = call_passed = 0;
                    928:     }
                    929: 
                    930:   /* If one movable subsumes another, ignore that other.  */
                    931: 
                    932:   ignore_some_movables (movables);
                    933: 
                    934:   /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
                    935:      leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
                    936:      If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
                    937:      since the second can be moved only if the first is.  */
                    938: 
                    939:   force_movables (movables);
                    940: 
                    941:   /* See if there are multiple movable insns that load the same value.
                    942:      If there are, make all but the first point at the first one
                    943:      through the `match' field, and add the priorities of them
                    944:      all together as the priority of the first.  */
                    945: 
                    946:   combine_movables (movables, nregs);
                    947:        
                    948:   /* Now consider each movable insn to decide whether it is worth moving.
                    949:      Store 0 in n_times_set for each reg that is moved.  */
                    950: 
                    951:   move_movables (movables, threshold,
                    952:                 insn_count, loop_start, end, nregs);
                    953: 
                    954:   /* Now candidates that still are negative are those not moved.
                    955:      Change n_times_set to indicate that those are not actually invariant.  */
                    956:   for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
                    957:     if (n_times_set[i] < 0)
                    958:       n_times_set[i] = n_times_used[i];
                    959: 
                    960:   if (flag_strength_reduce)
                    961:     strength_reduce (scan_start, end, loop_top,
                    962:                     insn_count, loop_start, end);
                    963: }
                    964: 
                    965: /* Add elements to *OUTPUT to record all the pseudo-regs
                    966:    mentioned in IN_THIS but not mentioned in NOT_IN_THIS.  */
                    967: 
                    968: void
                    969: record_excess_regs (in_this, not_in_this, output)
                    970:      rtx in_this, not_in_this;
                    971:      rtx *output;
                    972: {
                    973:   enum rtx_code code;
                    974:   char *fmt;
                    975:   int i;
                    976: 
                    977:   code = GET_CODE (in_this);
                    978: 
                    979:   switch (code)
                    980:     {
                    981:     case PC:
                    982:     case CC0:
                    983:     case CONST_INT:
                    984:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                    985:     case CONST:
                    986:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                    987:     case LABEL_REF:
                    988:       return;
                    989: 
                    990:     case REG:
                    991:       if (REGNO (in_this) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                    992:          && ! reg_mentioned_p (in_this, not_in_this))
                    993:        *output = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, in_this, *output);
                    994:       return;
                    995:     }
                    996: 
                    997:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                    998:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                    999:     {
                   1000:       int j;
                   1001: 
                   1002:       switch (fmt[i])
                   1003:        {
                   1004:        case 'E':
                   1005:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (in_this, i); j++)
                   1006:            record_excess_regs (XVECEXP (in_this, i, j), not_in_this, output);
                   1007:          break;
                   1008: 
                   1009:        case 'e':
                   1010:          record_excess_regs (XEXP (in_this, i), not_in_this, output);
                   1011:          break;
                   1012:        }
                   1013:     }
                   1014: }
                   1015: 
                   1016: /* Check what regs are referred to in the libcall block ending with INSN,
                   1017:    aside from those mentioned in the equivalent value.
                   1018:    If there are none, return 0.
                   1019:    If there are one or more, return an EXPR_LIST containing all of them.  */
                   1020: 
                   1021: static rtx
                   1022: libcall_other_reg (insn, equiv)
                   1023:      rtx insn, equiv;
                   1024: {
                   1025:   rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, 0);
                   1026:   rtx p = XEXP (note, 0);
                   1027:   rtx output = 0;
                   1028: 
                   1029:   /* First, find all the regs used in the libcall block
                   1030:      that are not mentioned as inputs to the result.  */
                   1031: 
                   1032:   while (p != insn)
                   1033:     {
                   1034:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   1035:          || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   1036:        record_excess_regs (PATTERN (p), equiv, &output);
                   1037:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   1038:     }
                   1039: 
                   1040:   return output;
                   1041: }
                   1042: 
                   1043: /* Return 1 if all uses of REG
                   1044:    are between INSN and the end of the basic block.  */
                   1045: 
                   1046: static int 
                   1047: reg_in_basic_block_p (insn, reg)
                   1048:      rtx insn, reg;
                   1049: {
                   1050:   int regno = REGNO (reg);
                   1051:   rtx p;
                   1052: 
                   1053:   if (regno_first_uid[regno] != INSN_UID (insn))
                   1054:     return 0;
                   1055: 
                   1056:   /* Search this basic block for the already recorded last use of the reg.  */
                   1057:   for (p = insn; p; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   1058:     {
                   1059:       switch (GET_CODE (p))
                   1060:        {
                   1061:        case NOTE:
                   1062:          break;
                   1063: 
                   1064:        case INSN:
                   1065:        case CALL_INSN:
                   1066:          /* Ordinary insn: if this is the last use, we win.  */
                   1067:          if (regno_last_uid[regno] == INSN_UID (p))
                   1068:            return 1;
                   1069:          break;
                   1070: 
                   1071:        case JUMP_INSN:
                   1072:          /* Jump insn: if this is the last use, we win.  */
                   1073:          if (regno_last_uid[regno] == INSN_UID (p))
                   1074:            return 1;
                   1075:          /* Otherwise, it's the end of the basic block, so we lose.  */
                   1076:          return 0;
                   1077: 
                   1078:        case CODE_LABEL:
                   1079:        case BARRIER:
                   1080:          /* It's the end of the basic block, so we lose.  */
                   1081:          return 0;
                   1082:        }
                   1083:     }
                   1084: 
                   1085:   /* The "last use" doesn't follow the "first use"??  */
                   1086:   abort ();
                   1087: }
                   1088: 
                   1089: /* Compute the benefit of eliminating the insns in the block whose
                   1090:    last insn is LAST.  This may be a group of insns used to compute a
                   1091:    value directly or can contain a library call.  */
                   1092: 
                   1093: static int
                   1094: libcall_benefit (last)
                   1095:      rtx last;
                   1096: {
                   1097:   rtx insn;
                   1098:   int benefit = 0;
                   1099: 
                   1100:   for (insn = XEXP (find_reg_note (last, REG_RETVAL, 0), 0);
                   1101:        insn != last; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   1102:     {
                   1103:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
                   1104:        benefit += 10;          /* Assume at least this many insns in a library
                   1105:                                   routine. */
                   1106:       else if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
                   1107:               && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != USE
                   1108:               && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != CLOBBER)
                   1109:        benefit++;
                   1110:     }
                   1111: 
                   1112:   return benefit;
                   1113: }
                   1114: 
                   1115: /* Skip COUNT insns from INSN, counting library calls as 1 insn.  */
                   1116: 
                   1117: static rtx
                   1118: skip_consec_insns (insn, count)
                   1119:      rtx insn;
                   1120:      int count;
                   1121: {
                   1122:   for (; count > 0; count--)
                   1123:     {
                   1124:       rtx temp;
                   1125: 
                   1126:       /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end.  */
                   1127:       /* Do this at start of loop, since INSN is guaranteed to 
                   1128:         be an insn here.  */
                   1129:       if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
                   1130:          && (temp = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, 0)))
                   1131:        insn = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1132: 
                   1133:       do insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   1134:       while (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE);
                   1135:     }
                   1136: 
                   1137:   return insn;
                   1138: }
                   1139: 
                   1140: /* Ignore any movable whose insn falls within a libcall
                   1141:    which is part of another movable.
                   1142:    We make use of the fact that the movable for the libcall value
                   1143:    was made later and so appears later on the chain.  */
                   1144: 
                   1145: static void
                   1146: ignore_some_movables (movables)
                   1147:      struct movable *movables;
                   1148: {
                   1149:   register struct movable *m, *m1;
                   1150: 
                   1151:   for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1152:     {
                   1153:       /* Is this a movable for the value of a libcall?  */
                   1154:       rtx note = find_reg_note (m->insn, REG_RETVAL, 0);
                   1155:       if (note)
                   1156:        {
                   1157:          rtx insn;
                   1158:          /* Check for earlier movables inside that range,
                   1159:             and mark them invalid.  We cannot use LUIDs here because
                   1160:             insns created by loop.c for prior loops don't have LUIDs.
                   1161:             Rather than reject all such insns from movables, we just
                   1162:             explicitly check each insn in the libcall (since invariant
                   1163:             libcalls aren't that common).  */
                   1164:          for (insn = XEXP (note, 0); insn != m->insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   1165:            for (m1 = movables; m1 != m; m1 = m1->next)
                   1166:              if (m1->insn == insn)
                   1167:                m1->done = 1;
                   1168:        }
                   1169:     }
                   1170: }        
                   1171: 
                   1172: /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
                   1173:    leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
                   1174:    If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
                   1175:    since the second can be moved only if the first is.  */
                   1176: 
                   1177: static void
                   1178: force_movables (movables)
                   1179:      struct movable *movables;
                   1180: {
                   1181:   register struct movable *m, *m1;
                   1182:   for (m1 = movables; m1; m1 = m1->next)
                   1183:     /* Omit this if moving just the (SET (REG) 0) of a zero-extend.  */
                   1184:     if (!m1->partial && !m1->done)
                   1185:       {
                   1186:        int regno = m1->regno;
                   1187:        for (m = m1->next; m; m = m->next)
                   1188:          /* ??? Could this be a bug?  What if CSE caused the
                   1189:             register of M1 to be used after this insn?
                   1190:             Since CSE does not update regno_last_uid,
                   1191:             this insn M->insn might not be where it dies.
                   1192:             But very likely this doesn't matter; what matters is
                   1193:             that M's reg is computed from M1's reg.  */
                   1194:          if (INSN_UID (m->insn) == regno_last_uid[regno]
                   1195:              && !m->done)
                   1196:            break;
                   1197:        if (m != 0 && m->set_src == m1->set_dest
                   1198:            /* If m->consec, m->set_src isn't valid.  */
                   1199:            && m->consec == 0)
                   1200:          m = 0;
                   1201: 
                   1202:        /* Increase the priority of the moving the first insn
                   1203:           since it permits the second to be moved as well.  */
                   1204:        if (m != 0)
                   1205:          {
                   1206:            m->forces = m1;
                   1207:            m1->lifetime += m->lifetime;
                   1208:            m1->savings += m1->savings;
                   1209:          }
                   1210:       }
                   1211: }
                   1212: 
                   1213: /* Find invariant expressions that are equal and can be combined into
                   1214:    one register.  */
                   1215: 
                   1216: static void
                   1217: combine_movables (movables, nregs)
                   1218:      struct movable *movables;
                   1219:      int nregs;
                   1220: {
                   1221:   register struct movable *m;
                   1222:   char *matched_regs = (char *) alloca (nregs);
                   1223:   enum machine_mode mode;
                   1224: 
                   1225:   /* Regs that are set more than once are not allowed to match
                   1226:      or be matched.  I'm no longer sure why not.  */
                   1227:   /* Perhaps testing m->consec_sets would be more appropriate here?  */
                   1228: 
                   1229:   for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1230:     if (m->match == 0 && n_times_used[m->regno] == 1 && !m->partial)
                   1231:       {
                   1232:        register struct movable *m1;
                   1233:        int regno = m->regno;
                   1234:        rtx reg_note, reg_note1;
                   1235: 
                   1236:        bzero (matched_regs, nregs);
                   1237:        matched_regs[regno] = 1;
                   1238: 
                   1239:        for (m1 = movables; m1; m1 = m1->next)
                   1240:          if (m != m1 && m1->match == 0 && n_times_used[m1->regno] == 1
                   1241:              /* A reg used outside the loop mustn't be eliminated.  */
                   1242:              && !m1->global
                   1243:              /* A reg used for zero-extending mustn't be eliminated.  */
                   1244:              && !m1->partial
                   1245:              && (matched_regs[m1->regno]
                   1246:                  ||
                   1247:                  (
                   1248:                   /* Can combine regs with different modes loaded from the
                   1249:                      same constant only if the modes are the same or
                   1250:                      if both are integer modes with M wider or the same
                   1251:                      width as M1.  The check for integer is redundant, but
                   1252:                      safe, since the only case of differing destination
                   1253:                      modes with equal sources is when both sources are
                   1254:                      VOIDmode, i.e., CONST_INT.  */
                   1255:                   (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) == GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)
                   1256:                    || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
                   1257:                        && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
                   1258:                        && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m->set_dest))
                   1259:                            >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)))))
                   1260:                   /* See if the source of M1 says it matches M.  */
                   1261:                   && ((GET_CODE (m1->set_src) == REG
                   1262:                        && matched_regs[REGNO (m1->set_src)])
                   1263:                       || rtx_equal_for_loop_p (m->set_src, m1->set_src,
                   1264:                                                movables))))
                   1265:              && ((m->dependencies == m1->dependencies)
                   1266:                  || rtx_equal_p (m->dependencies, m1->dependencies)))
                   1267:            {
                   1268:              m->lifetime += m1->lifetime;
                   1269:              m->savings += m1->savings;
                   1270:              m1->done = 1;
                   1271:              m1->match = m;
                   1272:              matched_regs[m1->regno] = 1;
                   1273:            }
                   1274:       }
                   1275: 
                   1276:   /* Now combine the regs used for zero-extension.
                   1277:      This can be done for those not marked `global'
                   1278:      provided their lives don't overlap.  */
                   1279: 
                   1280:   for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode;
                   1281:        mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
                   1282:     {
                   1283:       register struct movable *m0 = 0;
                   1284: 
                   1285:       /* Combine all the registers for extension from mode MODE.
                   1286:         Don't combine any that are used outside this loop.  */
                   1287:       for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1288:        if (m->partial && ! m->global
                   1289:            && mode == GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (m->insn)))))
                   1290:          {
                   1291:            register struct movable *m1;
                   1292:            int first = uid_luid[regno_first_uid[m->regno]];
                   1293:            int last = uid_luid[regno_last_uid[m->regno]];
                   1294: 
                   1295:            if (m0 == 0)
                   1296:              {
                   1297:                /* First one: don't check for overlap, just record it.  */
                   1298:                m0 = m;
                   1299:                  continue;
                   1300:              }
                   1301: 
                   1302:            /* Make sure they extend to the same mode.
                   1303:               (Almost always true.)  */
                   1304:            if (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) != GET_MODE (m0->set_dest))
                   1305:                continue;
                   1306: 
                   1307:            /* We already have one: check for overlap with those
                   1308:               already combined together.  */
                   1309:            for (m1 = movables; m1 != m; m1 = m1->next)
                   1310:              if (m1 == m0 || (m1->partial && m1->match == m0))
                   1311:                if (! (uid_luid[regno_first_uid[m1->regno]] > last
                   1312:                       || uid_luid[regno_last_uid[m1->regno]] < first))
                   1313:                  goto overlap;
                   1314: 
                   1315:            /* No overlap: we can combine this with the others.  */
                   1316:            m0->lifetime += m->lifetime;
                   1317:            m0->savings += m->savings;
                   1318:            m->done = 1;
                   1319:            m->match = m0;
                   1320: 
                   1321:          overlap: ;
                   1322:          }
                   1323:     }
                   1324: }
                   1325: 
                   1326: /* Return 1 if regs X and Y will become the same if moved.  */
                   1327: 
                   1328: static int
                   1329: regs_match_p (x, y, movables)
                   1330:      rtx x, y;
                   1331:      struct movable *movables;
                   1332: {
                   1333:   int xn = REGNO (x);
                   1334:   int yn = REGNO (y);
                   1335:   struct movable *mx, *my;
                   1336: 
                   1337:   for (mx = movables; mx; mx = mx->next)
                   1338:     if (mx->regno == xn)
                   1339:       break;
                   1340: 
                   1341:   for (my = movables; my; my = my->next)
                   1342:     if (my->regno == yn)
                   1343:       break;
                   1344: 
                   1345:   return (mx && my
                   1346:          && ((mx->match == my->match && mx->match != 0)
                   1347:              || mx->match == my
                   1348:              || mx == my->match));
                   1349: }
                   1350: 
                   1351: /* Return 1 if X and Y are identical-looking rtx's.
                   1352:    This is the Lisp function EQUAL for rtx arguments.
                   1353: 
                   1354:    If two registers are matching movables or a movable register and an
                   1355:    equivalent constant, consider them equal.  */
                   1356: 
                   1357: static int
                   1358: rtx_equal_for_loop_p (x, y, movables)
                   1359:      rtx x, y;
                   1360:      struct movable *movables;
                   1361: {
                   1362:   register int i;
                   1363:   register int j;
                   1364:   register struct movable *m;
                   1365:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   1366:   register char *fmt;
                   1367: 
                   1368:   if (x == y)
                   1369:     return 1;
                   1370:   if (x == 0 || y == 0)
                   1371:     return 0;
                   1372: 
                   1373:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   1374: 
                   1375:   /* If we have a register and a constant, they may sometimes be
                   1376:      equal.  */
                   1377:   if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && n_times_set[REGNO (x)] == -2
                   1378:       && CONSTANT_P (y))
                   1379:     for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1380:       if (m->move_insn && m->regno == REGNO (x)
                   1381:          && rtx_equal_p (m->set_src, y))
                   1382:        return 1;
                   1383: 
                   1384:   else if (GET_CODE (y) == REG && n_times_set[REGNO (y)] == -2
                   1385:           && CONSTANT_P (x))
                   1386:     for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1387:       if (m->move_insn && m->regno == REGNO (y)
                   1388:          && rtx_equal_p (m->set_src, x))
                   1389:        return 1;
                   1390: 
                   1391:   /* Otherwise, rtx's of different codes cannot be equal.  */
                   1392:   if (code != GET_CODE (y))
                   1393:     return 0;
                   1394: 
                   1395:   /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent.
                   1396:      (REG:SI x) and (REG:HI x) are NOT equivalent.  */
                   1397: 
                   1398:   if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y))
                   1399:     return 0;
                   1400: 
                   1401:   /* These three types of rtx's can be compared nonrecursively.  */
                   1402:   if (code == REG)
                   1403:     return (REGNO (x) == REGNO (y) || regs_match_p (x, y, movables));
                   1404: 
                   1405:   if (code == LABEL_REF)
                   1406:     return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0);
                   1407:   if (code == SYMBOL_REF)
                   1408:     return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0);
                   1409: 
                   1410:   /* Compare the elements.  If any pair of corresponding elements
                   1411:      fail to match, return 0 for the whole things.  */
                   1412: 
                   1413:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   1414:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   1415:     {
                   1416:       switch (fmt[i])
                   1417:        {
                   1418:        case 'i':
                   1419:          if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i))
                   1420:            return 0;
                   1421:          break;
                   1422: 
                   1423:        case 'E':
                   1424:          /* Two vectors must have the same length.  */
                   1425:          if (XVECLEN (x, i) != XVECLEN (y, i))
                   1426:            return 0;
                   1427: 
                   1428:          /* And the corresponding elements must match.  */
                   1429:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   1430:            if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), XVECEXP (y, i, j), movables) == 0)
                   1431:              return 0;
                   1432:          break;
                   1433: 
                   1434:        case 'e':
                   1435:          if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i), movables) == 0)
                   1436:            return 0;
                   1437:          break;
                   1438: 
                   1439:        case 's':
                   1440:          if (strcmp (XSTR (x, i), XSTR (y, i)))
                   1441:            return 0;
                   1442:          break;
                   1443: 
                   1444:        case 'u':
                   1445:          /* These are just backpointers, so they don't matter.  */
                   1446:          break;
                   1447: 
                   1448:        case '0':
                   1449:          break;
                   1450: 
                   1451:          /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
                   1452:             contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
                   1453:             except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs.  */
                   1454:        default:
                   1455:          abort ();
                   1456:        }
                   1457:     }
                   1458:   return 1;
                   1459: }
                   1460: 
1.1.1.2 ! root     1461: /* If X contains any LABEL_REF's, add REG_LABEL notes for them to all
        !          1462:   insns in INSNS which use thet reference.  */
        !          1463: 
        !          1464: static void
        !          1465: add_label_notes (x, insns)
        !          1466:      rtx x;
        !          1467:      rtx insns;
        !          1468: {
        !          1469:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
        !          1470:   int i;
        !          1471:   char *fmt;
        !          1472:   rtx insn;
        !          1473: 
        !          1474:   if (code == LABEL_REF)
        !          1475:     {
        !          1476:       for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
        !          1477:        if (reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, 0), insn))
        !          1478:          REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_LABEL, XEXP (x, 0),
        !          1479:                                      REG_NOTES (insn));
        !          1480:       return;
        !          1481:     }
        !          1482: 
        !          1483:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
        !          1484:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
        !          1485:     if (fmt[i] == 'e')
        !          1486:       add_label_notes (XEXP (x, i), insns);
        !          1487: }
        !          1488: 
1.1       root     1489: /* Scan MOVABLES, and move the insns that deserve to be moved.
                   1490:    If two matching movables are combined, replace one reg with the
                   1491:    other throughout.  */
                   1492: 
                   1493: static void
                   1494: move_movables (movables, threshold, insn_count, loop_start, end, nregs)
                   1495:      struct movable *movables;
                   1496:      int threshold;
                   1497:      int insn_count;
                   1498:      rtx loop_start;
                   1499:      rtx end;
                   1500:      int nregs;
                   1501: {
                   1502:   rtx new_start = 0;
                   1503:   register struct movable *m;
                   1504:   register rtx p;
                   1505:   /* Map of pseudo-register replacements to handle combining
                   1506:      when we move several insns that load the same value
                   1507:      into different pseudo-registers.  */
                   1508:   rtx *reg_map = (rtx *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   1509:   char *already_moved = (char *) alloca (nregs);
                   1510: 
                   1511:   bzero (already_moved, nregs);
                   1512:   bzero (reg_map, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   1513: 
                   1514:   num_movables = 0;
                   1515: 
                   1516:   for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1517:     {
                   1518:       /* Describe this movable insn.  */
                   1519: 
                   1520:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1521:        {
                   1522:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: regno %d (life %d), ",
                   1523:                   INSN_UID (m->insn), m->regno, m->lifetime);
                   1524:          if (m->consec > 0)
                   1525:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "consec %d, ", m->consec);
                   1526:          if (m->cond)
                   1527:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "cond ");
                   1528:          if (m->force)
                   1529:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "force ");
                   1530:          if (m->global)
                   1531:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "global ");
                   1532:          if (m->done)
                   1533:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "done ");
                   1534:          if (m->move_insn)
                   1535:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "move-insn ");
                   1536:          if (m->match)
                   1537:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "matches %d ",
                   1538:                     INSN_UID (m->match->insn));
                   1539:          if (m->forces)
                   1540:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "forces %d ",
                   1541:                     INSN_UID (m->forces->insn));
                   1542:        }
                   1543: 
                   1544:       /* Count movables.  Value used in heuristics in strength_reduce.  */
                   1545:       num_movables++;
                   1546: 
                   1547:       /* Ignore the insn if it's already done (it matched something else).
                   1548:         Otherwise, see if it is now safe to move.  */
                   1549: 
                   1550:       if (!m->done
                   1551:          && (! m->cond
                   1552:              || (1 == invariant_p (m->set_src)
                   1553:                  && (m->dependencies == 0
                   1554:                      || 1 == invariant_p (m->dependencies))
                   1555:                  && (m->consec == 0
                   1556:                      || 1 == consec_sets_invariant_p (m->set_dest,
                   1557:                                                       m->consec + 1,
                   1558:                                                       m->insn))))
                   1559:          && (! m->forces || m->forces->done))
                   1560:        {
                   1561:          register int regno;
                   1562:          register rtx p;
                   1563:          int savings = m->savings;
                   1564: 
                   1565:          /* We have an insn that is safe to move.
                   1566:             Compute its desirability.  */
                   1567: 
                   1568:          p = m->insn;
                   1569:          regno = m->regno;
                   1570: 
                   1571:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1572:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "savings %d ", savings);
                   1573: 
                   1574:          if (moved_once[regno])
                   1575:            {
                   1576:              insn_count *= 2;
                   1577: 
                   1578:              if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1579:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "halved since already moved ");
                   1580:            }
                   1581: 
                   1582:          /* An insn MUST be moved if we already moved something else
                   1583:             which is safe only if this one is moved too: that is,
                   1584:             if already_moved[REGNO] is nonzero.  */
                   1585: 
                   1586:          /* An insn is desirable to move if the new lifetime of the
                   1587:             register is no more than THRESHOLD times the old lifetime.
                   1588:             If it's not desirable, it means the loop is so big
                   1589:             that moving won't speed things up much,
                   1590:             and it is liable to make register usage worse.  */
                   1591: 
                   1592:          /* It is also desirable to move if it can be moved at no
                   1593:             extra cost because something else was already moved.  */
                   1594: 
                   1595:          if (already_moved[regno]
                   1596:              || (threshold * savings * m->lifetime) >= insn_count
                   1597:              || (m->forces && m->forces->done
                   1598:                  && n_times_used[m->forces->regno] == 1))
                   1599:            {
                   1600:              int count;
                   1601:              register struct movable *m1;
                   1602:              rtx first;
                   1603: 
                   1604:              /* Now move the insns that set the reg.  */
                   1605: 
                   1606:              if (m->partial && m->match)
                   1607:                {
                   1608:                  rtx newpat, i1;
                   1609:                  rtx r1, r2;
                   1610:                  /* Find the end of this chain of matching regs.
                   1611:                     Thus, we load each reg in the chain from that one reg.
                   1612:                     And that reg is loaded with 0 directly,
                   1613:                     since it has ->match == 0.  */
                   1614:                  for (m1 = m; m1->match; m1 = m1->match);
                   1615:                  newpat = gen_move_insn (SET_DEST (PATTERN (m->insn)),
                   1616:                                          SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1->insn)));
                   1617:                  i1 = emit_insn_before (newpat, loop_start);
                   1618: 
                   1619:                  /* Mark the moved, invariant reg as being allowed to
                   1620:                     share a hard reg with the other matching invariant.  */
                   1621:                  REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (m->insn);
                   1622:                  r1 = SET_DEST (PATTERN (m->insn));
                   1623:                  r2 = SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1->insn));
                   1624:                  regs_may_share = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, r1,
                   1625:                                            gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, r2,
                   1626:                                                     regs_may_share));
                   1627:                  delete_insn (m->insn);
                   1628: 
                   1629:                  if (new_start == 0)
                   1630:                    new_start = i1;
                   1631: 
                   1632:                  if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1633:                    fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1));
                   1634:                }
                   1635:              /* If we are to re-generate the item being moved with a
                   1636:                 new move insn, first delete what we have and then emit
                   1637:                 the move insn before the loop.  */
                   1638:              else if (m->move_insn)
                   1639:                {
                   1640:                  rtx i1, temp;
                   1641: 
                   1642:                  for (count = m->consec; count >= 0; count--)
                   1643:                    {
                   1644:                      /* If this is the first insn of a library call sequence,
                   1645:                         skip to the end.  */
                   1646:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
                   1647:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, 0)))
                   1648:                        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1649: 
                   1650:                      /* If this is the last insn of a libcall sequence, then
                   1651:                         delete every insn in the sequence except the last.
                   1652:                         The last insn is handled in the normal manner.  */
                   1653:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
                   1654:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, 0)))
                   1655:                        {
                   1656:                          temp = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1657:                          while (temp != p)
                   1658:                            temp = delete_insn (temp);
                   1659:                        }
                   1660: 
                   1661:                      p = delete_insn (p);
                   1662:                    }
                   1663: 
                   1664:                  start_sequence ();
                   1665:                  emit_move_insn (m->set_dest, m->set_src);
1.1.1.2 ! root     1666:                  temp = get_insns ();
1.1       root     1667:                  end_sequence ();
                   1668: 
1.1.1.2 ! root     1669:                  add_label_notes (m->set_src, temp);
        !          1670: 
        !          1671:                  i1 = emit_insns_before (temp, loop_start);
1.1       root     1672:                  if (! find_reg_note (i1, REG_EQUAL, 0))
                   1673:                    REG_NOTES (i1)
                   1674:                      = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST,
                   1675:                                 m->is_equiv ? REG_EQUIV : REG_EQUAL,
                   1676:                                 m->set_src, REG_NOTES (i1));
                   1677: 
                   1678:                  if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1679:                    fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1));
                   1680: 
                   1681:                  /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them.  */
                   1682:                  threshold -= 3;
                   1683:                }
                   1684:              else
                   1685:                {
                   1686:                  for (count = m->consec; count >= 0; count--)
                   1687:                    {
                   1688:                      rtx i1, temp;
                   1689: 
                   1690:                      /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end. */
                   1691:                      /* Do this at start of loop, since p is guaranteed to 
                   1692:                         be an insn here.  */
                   1693:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
                   1694:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, 0)))
                   1695:                        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1696: 
                   1697:                      /* If last insn of libcall sequence, move all
                   1698:                         insns except the last before the loop.  The last
                   1699:                         insn is handled in the normal manner.  */
                   1700:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
                   1701:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, 0)))
                   1702:                        {
                   1703:                          rtx fn_address = 0;
                   1704:                          rtx fn_reg = 0;
                   1705:                          rtx fn_address_insn = 0;
                   1706: 
                   1707:                          first = 0;
                   1708:                          for (temp = XEXP (temp, 0); temp != p;
                   1709:                               temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
                   1710:                            {
                   1711:                              rtx body;
                   1712:                              rtx n;
                   1713:                              rtx next;
                   1714: 
                   1715:                              if (GET_CODE (temp) == NOTE)
                   1716:                                continue;
                   1717: 
                   1718:                              body = PATTERN (temp);
                   1719: 
                   1720:                              /* Find the next insn after TEMP,
                   1721:                                 not counting USE or NOTE insns.  */
                   1722:                              for (next = NEXT_INSN (temp); next != p;
                   1723:                                   next = NEXT_INSN (next))
                   1724:                                if (! (GET_CODE (next) == INSN
                   1725:                                       && GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == USE)
                   1726:                                    && GET_CODE (next) != NOTE)
                   1727:                                  break;
                   1728:                              
                   1729:                              /* If that is the call, this may be the insn
                   1730:                                 that loads the function address.
                   1731: 
                   1732:                                 Extract the function address from the insn
                   1733:                                 that loads it into a register.
                   1734:                                 If this insn was cse'd, we get incorrect code.
                   1735: 
                   1736:                                 So emit a new move insn that copies the
                   1737:                                 function address into the register that the
                   1738:                                 call insn will use.  flow.c will delete any
                   1739:                                 redundant stores that we have created.  */
                   1740:                              if (GET_CODE (next) == CALL_INSN
                   1741:                                  && GET_CODE (body) == SET
                   1742:                                  && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == REG
                   1743:                                  && (n = find_reg_note (temp, REG_EQUAL, 0)))
                   1744:                                {
                   1745:                                  fn_reg = SET_SRC (body);
                   1746:                                  if (GET_CODE (fn_reg) != REG)
                   1747:                                    fn_reg = SET_DEST (body);
                   1748:                                  fn_address = XEXP (n, 0);
                   1749:                                  fn_address_insn = temp;
                   1750:                                }
                   1751:                              /* We have the call insn.
                   1752:                                 If it uses the register we suspect it might,
                   1753:                                 load it with the correct address directly.  */
                   1754:                              if (GET_CODE (temp) == CALL_INSN
                   1755:                                  && fn_address != 0
                   1756:                                  && reg_mentioned_p (fn_reg, body))
                   1757:                                emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (fn_reg,
                   1758:                                                                fn_address),
                   1759:                                                 fn_address_insn);
                   1760: 
                   1761:                              if (GET_CODE (temp) == CALL_INSN)
                   1762:                                i1 = emit_call_insn_before (body, loop_start);
                   1763:                              else
                   1764:                                i1 = emit_insn_before (body, loop_start);
                   1765:                              if (first == 0)
                   1766:                                first = i1;
                   1767:                              if (temp == fn_address_insn)
                   1768:                                fn_address_insn = i1;
                   1769:                              REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (temp);
                   1770:                              delete_insn (temp);
                   1771:                            }
                   1772:                        }
                   1773:                      if (m->savemode != VOIDmode)
                   1774:                        {
                   1775:                          /* P sets REG to zero; but we should clear only
                   1776:                             the bits that are not covered by the mode
                   1777:                             m->savemode.  */
                   1778:                          rtx reg = m->set_dest;
                   1779:                          rtx sequence;
                   1780:                          rtx tem;
                   1781:                      
                   1782:                          start_sequence ();
                   1783:                          tem = expand_binop
                   1784:                            (GET_MODE (reg), and_optab, reg,
                   1785:                             gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   1786:                                      ((1 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (m->savemode)))
                   1787:                                      - 1),
                   1788:                             reg, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   1789:                          if (tem == 0)
                   1790:                            abort ();
                   1791:                          if (tem != reg)
                   1792:                            emit_move_insn (reg, tem);
                   1793:                          sequence = gen_sequence ();
                   1794:                          end_sequence ();
                   1795:                          i1 = emit_insn_before (sequence, loop_start);
                   1796:                        }
                   1797:                      else if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   1798:                        i1 = emit_call_insn_before (PATTERN (p), loop_start);
                   1799:                      else
                   1800:                        i1 = emit_insn_before (PATTERN (p), loop_start);
                   1801: 
                   1802:                      REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (p);
                   1803: 
                   1804:                      if (new_start == 0)
                   1805:                        new_start = i1;
                   1806: 
                   1807:                      if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1808:                        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d",
                   1809:                                 INSN_UID (i1));
                   1810: 
                   1811: #if 0
                   1812:                      /* This isn't needed because REG_NOTES is copied
                   1813:                         below and is wrong since P might be a PARALLEL.  */
                   1814:                      if (REG_NOTES (i1) == 0
                   1815:                          && ! m->partial /* But not if it's a zero-extend clr. */
                   1816:                          && ! m->global /* and not if used outside the loop
                   1817:                                            (since it might get set outside).  */
                   1818:                          && CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p))))
                   1819:                        REG_NOTES (i1)
                   1820:                          = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_EQUAL,
                   1821:                                     SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), REG_NOTES (i1));
                   1822: #endif
                   1823: 
                   1824:                      /* If library call, now fix the REG_NOTES that contain
                   1825:                         insn pointers, namely REG_LIBCALL on FIRST
                   1826:                         and REG_RETVAL on I1.  */
                   1827:                      if (temp = find_reg_note (i1, REG_RETVAL, 0))
                   1828:                        {
                   1829:                          XEXP (temp, 0) = first;
                   1830:                          temp = find_reg_note (first, REG_LIBCALL, 0);
                   1831:                          XEXP (temp, 0) = i1;
                   1832:                        }
                   1833: 
                   1834:                      delete_insn (p);
                   1835:                      do p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   1836:                      while (p && GET_CODE (p) == NOTE);
                   1837:                    }
                   1838: 
                   1839:                  /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them.  */
                   1840:                  threshold -= 3;
                   1841:                }
                   1842: 
                   1843:              /* Any other movable that loads the same register
                   1844:                 MUST be moved.  */
                   1845:              already_moved[regno] = 1;
                   1846: 
                   1847:              /* This reg has been moved out of one loop.  */
                   1848:              moved_once[regno] = 1;
                   1849: 
                   1850:              /* The reg set here is now invariant.  */
                   1851:              if (! m->partial)
                   1852:                n_times_set[regno] = 0;
                   1853: 
                   1854:              m->done = 1;
                   1855: 
                   1856:              /* Change the length-of-life info for the register
                   1857:                 to say it lives at least the full length of this loop.
                   1858:                 This will help guide optimizations in outer loops.  */
                   1859: 
                   1860:              if (uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]] > INSN_LUID (loop_start))
                   1861:                /* This is the old insn before all the moved insns.
                   1862:                   We can't use the moved insn because it is out of range
                   1863:                   in uid_luid.  Only the old insns have luids.  */
                   1864:                regno_first_uid[regno] = INSN_UID (loop_start);
                   1865:              if (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]] < INSN_LUID (end))
                   1866:                regno_last_uid[regno] = INSN_UID (end);
                   1867: 
                   1868:              /* Combine with this moved insn any other matching movables.  */
                   1869: 
                   1870:              if (! m->partial)
                   1871:                for (m1 = movables; m1; m1 = m1->next)
                   1872:                  if (m1->match == m)
                   1873:                    {
                   1874:                      rtx temp;
                   1875: 
                   1876:                      /* Schedule the reg loaded by M1
                   1877:                         for replacement so that shares the reg of M.
                   1878:                         If the modes differ (only possible in restricted
                   1879:                         circumstances, make a SUBREG.  */
                   1880:                      if (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) == GET_MODE (m1->set_dest))
                   1881:                        reg_map[m1->regno] = m->set_dest;
                   1882:                      else
                   1883:                        reg_map[m1->regno]
                   1884:                          = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest),
                   1885:                                                m->set_dest);
                   1886:                    
                   1887:                      /* Get rid of the matching insn
                   1888:                         and prevent further processing of it.  */
                   1889:                      m1->done = 1;
                   1890: 
                   1891:                      /* if library call, delete all insn except last, which
                   1892:                         is deleted below */
                   1893:                      if (temp = find_reg_note (m1->insn, REG_RETVAL, 0))
                   1894:                        {
                   1895:                          for (temp = XEXP (temp, 0); temp != m1->insn;
                   1896:                               temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
                   1897:                            delete_insn (temp);
                   1898:                        }
                   1899:                      delete_insn (m1->insn);
                   1900: 
                   1901:                      /* Any other movable that loads the same register
                   1902:                         MUST be moved.  */
                   1903:                      already_moved[m1->regno] = 1;
                   1904: 
                   1905:                      /* The reg merged here is now invariant,
                   1906:                         if the reg it matches is invariant.  */
                   1907:                      if (! m->partial)
                   1908:                        n_times_set[m1->regno] = 0;
                   1909:                    }
                   1910:            }
                   1911:          else if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1912:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "not desirable");
                   1913:        }
                   1914:       else if (loop_dump_stream && !m->match)
                   1915:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "not safe");
                   1916: 
                   1917:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1918:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   1919:     }
                   1920: 
                   1921:   if (new_start == 0)
                   1922:     new_start = loop_start;
                   1923: 
                   1924:   /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making
                   1925:      all the register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP.  */
                   1926:   for (p = new_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   1927:     if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   1928:        || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   1929:       {
                   1930:        replace_regs (PATTERN (p), reg_map, nregs, 0);
                   1931:        replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p), reg_map, nregs, 0);
                   1932:       }
                   1933: }
                   1934: 
                   1935: #if 0
                   1936: /* Scan X and replace the address of any MEM in it with ADDR.
                   1937:    REG is the address that MEM should have before the replacement.  */
                   1938: 
                   1939: static void
                   1940: replace_call_address (x, reg, addr)
                   1941:      rtx x, reg, addr;
                   1942: {
                   1943:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   1944:   register int i;
                   1945:   register char *fmt;
                   1946: 
                   1947:   if (x == 0)
                   1948:     return;
                   1949:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   1950:   switch (code)
                   1951:     {
                   1952:     case PC:
                   1953:     case CC0:
                   1954:     case CONST_INT:
                   1955:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   1956:     case CONST:
                   1957:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   1958:     case LABEL_REF:
                   1959:     case REG:
                   1960:       return;
                   1961: 
                   1962:     case SET:
                   1963:       /* Short cut for very common case.  */
                   1964:       replace_call_address (XEXP (x, 1), reg, addr);
                   1965:       return;
                   1966: 
                   1967:     case CALL:
                   1968:       /* Short cut for very common case.  */
                   1969:       replace_call_address (XEXP (x, 0), reg, addr);
                   1970:       return;
                   1971: 
                   1972:     case MEM:
                   1973:       /* If this MEM uses a reg other than the one we expected,
                   1974:         something is wrong.  */
                   1975:       if (XEXP (x, 0) != reg)
                   1976:        abort ();
                   1977:       XEXP (x, 0) = addr;
                   1978:       return;
                   1979:     }
                   1980: 
                   1981:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   1982:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   1983:     {
                   1984:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   1985:        replace_call_address (XEXP (x, i), reg, addr);
                   1986:       if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   1987:        {
                   1988:          register int j;
                   1989:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   1990:            replace_call_address (XVECEXP (x, i, j), reg, addr);
                   1991:        }
                   1992:     }
                   1993: }
                   1994: #endif
                   1995: 
                   1996: /* Return the number of memory refs to addresses that vary
                   1997:    in the rtx X.  */
                   1998: 
                   1999: static int
                   2000: count_nonfixed_reads (x)
                   2001:      rtx x;
                   2002: {
                   2003:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   2004:   register int i;
                   2005:   register char *fmt;
                   2006:   int value;
                   2007: 
                   2008:   if (x == 0)
                   2009:     return 0;
                   2010: 
                   2011:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   2012:   switch (code)
                   2013:     {
                   2014:     case PC:
                   2015:     case CC0:
                   2016:     case CONST_INT:
                   2017:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   2018:     case CONST:
                   2019:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   2020:     case LABEL_REF:
                   2021:     case REG:
                   2022:       return 0;
                   2023: 
                   2024:     case MEM:
                   2025:       return ((invariant_p (XEXP (x, 0)) != 1)
                   2026:              + count_nonfixed_reads (XEXP (x, 0)));
                   2027:     }
                   2028: 
                   2029:   value = 0;
                   2030:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   2031:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2032:     {
                   2033:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   2034:        value += count_nonfixed_reads (XEXP (x, i));
                   2035:       if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   2036:        {
                   2037:          register int j;
                   2038:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   2039:            value += count_nonfixed_reads (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
                   2040:        }
                   2041:     }
                   2042:   return value;
                   2043: }
                   2044: 
                   2045: 
                   2046: #if 0
                   2047: /* P is an instruction that sets a register to the result of a ZERO_EXTEND.
                   2048:    Replace it with an instruction to load just the low bytes
                   2049:    if the machine supports such an instruction,
                   2050:    and insert above LOOP_START an instruction to clear the register.  */
                   2051: 
                   2052: static void
                   2053: constant_high_bytes (p, loop_start)
                   2054:      rtx p, loop_start;
                   2055: {
                   2056:   register rtx new;
                   2057:   register int insn_code_number;
                   2058: 
                   2059:   /* Try to change (SET (REG ...) (ZERO_EXTEND (..:B ...)))
                   2060:      to (SET (STRICT_LOW_PART (SUBREG:B (REG...))) ...).  */
                   2061: 
                   2062:   new = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode,
                   2063:                 gen_rtx (STRICT_LOW_PART, VOIDmode,
                   2064:                          gen_rtx (SUBREG, GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), 0)),
                   2065:                                   SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)),
                   2066:                                   0)),
                   2067:                 XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), 0));
                   2068:   insn_code_number = recog (new, p);
                   2069: 
                   2070:   if (insn_code_number)
                   2071:     {
                   2072:       register int i;
                   2073: 
                   2074:       /* Clear destination register before the loop.  */
                   2075:       emit_insn_before (gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode,
                   2076:                                 SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)),
                   2077:                                 const0_rtx),
                   2078:                        loop_start);
                   2079: 
                   2080:       /* Inside the loop, just load the low part.  */
                   2081:       PATTERN (p) = new;
                   2082:     }
                   2083: }
                   2084: #endif
                   2085: 
                   2086: /* Scan a loop setting the variables `unknown_address_altered',
                   2087:    `num_mem_sets', `loop_continue', loops_enclosed' and `loop_has_call'.
                   2088:    Also, fill in the array `loop_store_mems'.  */
                   2089: 
                   2090: static void
                   2091: prescan_loop (start, end)
                   2092:      rtx start, end;
                   2093: {
                   2094:   register int level = 1;
                   2095:   register rtx insn;
                   2096: 
                   2097:   unknown_address_altered = 0;
                   2098:   loop_has_call = 0;
                   2099:   loop_store_mems_idx = 0;
                   2100: 
                   2101:   num_mem_sets = 0;
                   2102:   loops_enclosed = 1;
                   2103:   loop_continue = 0;
                   2104: 
                   2105:   for (insn = NEXT_INSN (start); insn != NEXT_INSN (end);
                   2106:        insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   2107:     {
                   2108:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
                   2109:        {
                   2110:          if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
                   2111:            {
                   2112:              ++level;
                   2113:              /* Count number of loops contained in this one.  */
                   2114:              loops_enclosed++;
                   2115:            }
                   2116:          else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END)
                   2117:            {
                   2118:              --level;
                   2119:              if (level == 0)
                   2120:                {
                   2121:                  end = insn;
                   2122:                  break;
                   2123:                }
                   2124:            }
                   2125:          else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT)
                   2126:            {
                   2127:              if (level == 1)
                   2128:                loop_continue = insn;
                   2129:            }
                   2130:        }
                   2131:       else if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
                   2132:        {
                   2133:          unknown_address_altered = 1;
                   2134:          loop_has_call = 1;
                   2135:        }
                   2136:       else
                   2137:        {
                   2138:          if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
                   2139:            note_stores (PATTERN (insn), note_addr_stored);
                   2140:        }
                   2141:     }
                   2142: }
                   2143: 
                   2144: /* Scan the function looking for loops.  Record the start and end of each loop.
                   2145:    Also mark as invalid loops any loops that contain a setjmp or are branched
                   2146:    to from outside the loop.  */
                   2147: 
                   2148: static void
                   2149: find_and_verify_loops (f)
                   2150:      rtx f;
                   2151: {
                   2152:   rtx insn;
                   2153:   int current_loop = -1;
                   2154:   int next_loop = -1;
                   2155:   int loop;
                   2156: 
                   2157:   /* If there are jumps to undefined labels,
                   2158:      treat them as jumps out of any/all loops.
                   2159:      This also avoids writing past end of tables when there are no loops.  */
                   2160:   uid_loop_num[0] = -1;
                   2161: 
                   2162:   /* Find boundaries of loops, mark which loops are contained within
                   2163:      loops, and invalidate loops that have setjmp.  */
                   2164: 
                   2165:   for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   2166:     {
                   2167:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
                   2168:        switch (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn))
                   2169:          {
                   2170:          case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG:
                   2171:            loop_number_loop_starts[++next_loop] =  insn;
                   2172:            loop_number_loop_ends[next_loop] = 0;
                   2173:            loop_outer_loop[next_loop] = current_loop;
                   2174:            loop_invalid[next_loop] = 0;
                   2175:            loop_number_exit_labels[next_loop] = 0;
                   2176:            current_loop = next_loop;
                   2177:            break;
                   2178: 
                   2179:          case NOTE_INSN_SETJMP:
                   2180:            /* In this case, we must invalidate our current loop and any
                   2181:               enclosing loop.  */
                   2182:            for (loop = current_loop; loop != -1; loop = loop_outer_loop[loop])
                   2183:              {
                   2184:                loop_invalid[loop] = 1;
                   2185:                if (loop_dump_stream)
                   2186:                  fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   2187:                           "\nLoop at %d ignored due to setjmp.\n",
                   2188:                           INSN_UID (loop_number_loop_starts[loop]));
                   2189:              }
                   2190:            break;
                   2191: 
                   2192:          case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END:
                   2193:            if (current_loop == -1)
                   2194:              abort ();
                   2195: 
                   2196:            loop_number_loop_ends[current_loop] = insn;
                   2197:            current_loop = loop_outer_loop[current_loop];
                   2198:            break;
                   2199: 
                   2200:          }
                   2201: 
                   2202:       /* Note that this will mark the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END note as being in the
                   2203:         enclosing loop, but this doesn't matter.  */
                   2204:       uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (insn)] = current_loop;
                   2205:     }
                   2206: 
                   2207:   /* Now scan all JUMP_INSN's in the function.  If any branches into a loop
                   2208:      that it is not contained within, that loop is marked invalid.
                   2209: 
                   2210:      Also look for blocks of code ending in an unconditional branch that
                   2211:      exits the loop.  If such a block is surrounded by a conditional 
                   2212:      branch around the block, move the block elsewhere (see below) and
                   2213:      invert the jump to point to the code block.  This may eliminate a
                   2214:      label in our loop and will simplify processing by both us and a
                   2215:      possible second cse pass.  */
                   2216: 
                   2217:   for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   2218:     if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
                   2219:       {
                   2220:        int this_loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (insn)];
                   2221: 
                   2222:        mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (insn), this_loop_num);
                   2223: 
                   2224:        /* See if this is an unconditional branch outside the loop.  */
                   2225:        if (this_loop_num != -1
                   2226:            && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == RETURN
                   2227:                || (simplejump_p (insn)
                   2228:                    && (uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn))]
                   2229:                        != this_loop_num))))
                   2230:          {
                   2231:            rtx p;
                   2232:            rtx our_next = next_real_insn (insn);
                   2233: 
                   2234:            /* Go backwards until we reach the start of the loop, a label,
                   2235:               or a JUMP_INSN.  */
                   2236:            for (p = PREV_INSN (insn);
                   2237:                 GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL
                   2238:                 && ! (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                   2239:                       && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
                   2240:                 && GET_CODE (p) != JUMP_INSN;
                   2241:                 p = PREV_INSN (p))
                   2242:              ;
                   2243: 
                   2244:            /* If we stopped on a JUMP_INSN to the next insn after INSN,
                   2245:               we have a block of code to try to move.
                   2246: 
                   2247:               We look backward and then forward from the target of INSN
                   2248:               to find a BARRIER at the same loop depth as the target.
                   2249:               If we find such a BARRIER, we make a new label for the start
                   2250:               of the block, invert the jump in P and point it to that label,
                   2251:               and move the block of code to the spot we found.  */
                   2252: 
                   2253:            if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   2254:                    && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
                   2255:                    && condjump_p (p)
                   2256:                    && ! simplejump_p (p)
                   2257:                    && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p)) == our_next)
                   2258:              {
                   2259:                rtx target
                   2260:                  = JUMP_LABEL (insn) ? JUMP_LABEL (insn) : get_last_insn ();
                   2261:                int target_loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (target)];
                   2262:                rtx loc;
                   2263: 
                   2264:                for (loc = target; loc; loc = PREV_INSN (loc))
                   2265:                  if (GET_CODE (loc) == BARRIER
                   2266:                      && uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loc)] == target_loop_num)
                   2267:                    break;
                   2268: 
                   2269:                if (loc == 0)
                   2270:                  for (loc = target; loc; loc = NEXT_INSN (loc))
                   2271:                    if (GET_CODE (loc) == BARRIER
                   2272:                        && uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loc)] == target_loop_num)
                   2273:                      break;
                   2274: 
                   2275:                if (loc)
                   2276:                  {
                   2277:                    rtx cond_label = JUMP_LABEL (p);
                   2278:                    rtx new_label = get_label_after (p);
                   2279: 
                   2280:                    /* Ensure our label doesn't go away.  */
                   2281:                    LABEL_NUSES (cond_label)++;
                   2282: 
                   2283:                    /* Verify that uid_loop_num is large enough and that
                   2284:                       we can invert P. */
                   2285:                   if (INSN_UID (new_label) < max_uid_for_loop
                   2286:                       && invert_jump (p, new_label))
                   2287:                     {
                   2288:                       rtx q, r;
                   2289: 
                   2290:                       /* Include the BARRIER after INSN and copy the
                   2291:                          block after LOC.  */
                   2292:                       squeeze_notes (new_label, NEXT_INSN (insn));
                   2293:                       reorder_insns (new_label, NEXT_INSN (insn), loc);
                   2294: 
                   2295:                       /* All those insns are now in TARGET_LOOP_NUM.  */
                   2296:                       for (q = new_label; q != NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (insn));
                   2297:                            q = NEXT_INSN (q))
                   2298:                         uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (q)] = target_loop_num;
                   2299: 
                   2300:                       /* The label jumped to by INSN is no longer a loop exit.
                   2301:                          Unless INSN does not have a label (e.g., it is a
                   2302:                          RETURN insn), search loop_number_exit_labels to find
                   2303:                          its label_ref, and remove it.  Also turn off
                   2304:                          LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P bit.  */
                   2305:                       if (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
                   2306:                         {
                   2307:                           for (q = 0,
                   2308:                                r = loop_number_exit_labels[this_loop_num];
                   2309:                                r; q = r, r = LABEL_NEXTREF (r))
                   2310:                             if (XEXP (r, 0) == JUMP_LABEL (insn))
                   2311:                               {
                   2312:                                 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (r) = 0;
                   2313:                                 if (q)
                   2314:                                   LABEL_NEXTREF (q) = LABEL_NEXTREF (r);
                   2315:                                 else
                   2316:                                   loop_number_exit_labels[this_loop_num]
                   2317:                                     = LABEL_NEXTREF (r);
                   2318:                                 break;
                   2319:                               }
                   2320: 
                   2321:                           /* If we didn't find it, then something is wrong. */
                   2322:                           if (! r)
                   2323:                             abort ();
                   2324:                         }
                   2325: 
                   2326:                       /* P is now a jump outside the loop, so it must be put
                   2327:                          in loop_number_exit_labels, and marked as such.
                   2328:                          The easiest way to do this is to just call
                   2329:                          mark_loop_jump again for P.  */
                   2330:                       mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (p), this_loop_num);
                   2331: 
                   2332:                       /* If INSN now jumps to the insn after it,
                   2333:                          delete INSN.  */
                   2334:                       if (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != 0
                   2335:                           && (next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
                   2336:                               == next_real_insn (insn)))
                   2337:                         delete_insn (insn);
                   2338:                     }
                   2339: 
                   2340:                    /* Continue the loop after where the conditional
                   2341:                       branch used to jump, since the only branch insn
                   2342:                       in the block (if it still remains) is an inter-loop
                   2343:                       branch and hence needs no processing.  */
                   2344:                    insn = NEXT_INSN (cond_label);
                   2345: 
                   2346:                    if (--LABEL_NUSES (cond_label) == 0)
                   2347:                      delete_insn (cond_label);
                   2348:                  }
                   2349:              }
                   2350:          }
                   2351:       }
                   2352: }
                   2353: 
                   2354: /* If any label in X jumps to a loop different from LOOP_NUM and any of the
                   2355:    loops it is contained in, mark the target loop invalid.
                   2356: 
                   2357:    For speed, we assume that X is part of a pattern of a JUMP_INSN.  */
                   2358: 
                   2359: static void
                   2360: mark_loop_jump (x, loop_num)
                   2361:      rtx x;
                   2362:      int loop_num;
                   2363: {
                   2364:   int dest_loop;
                   2365:   int outer_loop;
                   2366:   int i;
                   2367: 
                   2368:   switch (GET_CODE (x))
                   2369:     {
                   2370:     case PC:
                   2371:     case USE:
                   2372:     case CLOBBER:
                   2373:     case REG:
                   2374:     case MEM:
                   2375:     case CONST_INT:
                   2376:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   2377:     case RETURN:
                   2378:       return;
                   2379: 
                   2380:     case CONST:
                   2381:       /* There could be a label reference in here.  */
                   2382:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
                   2383:       return;
                   2384: 
                   2385:     case PLUS:
                   2386:     case MINUS:
                   2387:     case MULT:
                   2388:     case LSHIFT:
                   2389:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
                   2390:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 1), loop_num);
                   2391:       return;
                   2392: 
                   2393:     case SIGN_EXTEND:
                   2394:     case ZERO_EXTEND:
                   2395:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
                   2396:       return;
                   2397: 
                   2398:     case LABEL_REF:
                   2399:       dest_loop = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (XEXP (x, 0))];
                   2400: 
                   2401:       /* Link together all labels that branch outside the loop.  This
                   2402:         is used by final_[bg]iv_value and the loop unrolling code.  Also
                   2403:         mark this LABEL_REF so we know that this branch should predict
                   2404:         false.  */
                   2405: 
                   2406:       if (dest_loop != loop_num && loop_num != -1)
                   2407:        {
                   2408:          LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (x) = 1;
                   2409:          LABEL_NEXTREF (x) = loop_number_exit_labels[loop_num];
                   2410:          loop_number_exit_labels[loop_num] = x;
                   2411:        }
                   2412: 
                   2413:       /* If this is inside a loop, but not in the current loop or one enclosed
                   2414:         by it, it invalidates at least one loop.  */
                   2415: 
                   2416:       if (dest_loop == -1)
                   2417:        return;
                   2418: 
                   2419:       /* We must invalidate every nested loop containing the target of this
                   2420:         label, except those that also contain the jump insn.  */
                   2421: 
                   2422:       for (; dest_loop != -1; dest_loop = loop_outer_loop[dest_loop])
                   2423:        {
                   2424:          /* Stop when we reach a loop that also contains the jump insn.  */
                   2425:          for (outer_loop = loop_num; outer_loop != -1;
                   2426:               outer_loop = loop_outer_loop[outer_loop])
                   2427:            if (dest_loop == outer_loop)
                   2428:              return;
                   2429: 
                   2430:          /* If we get here, we know we need to invalidate a loop.  */
                   2431:          if (loop_dump_stream && ! loop_invalid[dest_loop])
                   2432:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   2433:                     "\nLoop at %d ignored due to multiple entry points.\n",
                   2434:                     INSN_UID (loop_number_loop_starts[dest_loop]));
                   2435:          
                   2436:          loop_invalid[dest_loop] = 1;
                   2437:        }
                   2438:       return;
                   2439: 
                   2440:     case SET:
                   2441:       /* If this is not setting pc, ignore.  */
                   2442:       if (SET_DEST (x) == pc_rtx)
                   2443:        mark_loop_jump (SET_SRC (x), loop_num);
                   2444:       return;
                   2445: 
                   2446:     case IF_THEN_ELSE:
                   2447:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 1), loop_num);
                   2448:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 2), loop_num);
                   2449:       return;
                   2450: 
                   2451:     case PARALLEL:
                   2452:     case ADDR_VEC:
                   2453:       for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (x, 0); i++)
                   2454:        mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x, 0, i), loop_num);
                   2455:       return;
                   2456: 
                   2457:     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
                   2458:       for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (x, 1); i++)
                   2459:        mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x, 1, i), loop_num);
                   2460:       return;
                   2461: 
                   2462:     default:
                   2463:       /* Nothing else should occur in a JUMP_INSN.  */
                   2464:       abort ();
                   2465:     }
                   2466: }
                   2467: 
                   2468: /* Return nonzero if there is a label in the range from
                   2469:    insn INSN to and including the insn whose luid is END
                   2470:    INSN must have an assigned luid (i.e., it must not have
                   2471:    been previously created by loop.c).  */
                   2472: 
                   2473: static int
                   2474: labels_in_range_p (insn, end)
                   2475:      rtx insn;
                   2476:      int end;
                   2477: {
                   2478:   while (insn && INSN_LUID (insn) <= end)
                   2479:     {
                   2480:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
                   2481:        return 1;
                   2482:       insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   2483:     }
                   2484: 
                   2485:   return 0;
                   2486: }
                   2487: 
                   2488: /* Record that a memory reference X is being set.  */
                   2489: 
                   2490: static void
                   2491: note_addr_stored (x)
                   2492:      rtx x;
                   2493: {
                   2494:   register int i;
                   2495: 
                   2496:   if (x == 0 || GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
                   2497:     return;
                   2498: 
                   2499:   /* Count number of memory writes.
                   2500:      This affects heuristics in strength_reduce.  */
                   2501:   num_mem_sets++;
                   2502: 
                   2503:   if (unknown_address_altered)
                   2504:     return;
                   2505: 
                   2506:   for (i = 0; i < loop_store_mems_idx; i++)
                   2507:     if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (loop_store_mems[i], 0), XEXP (x, 0))
                   2508:        && MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (x) == MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (loop_store_mems[i]))
                   2509:       {
                   2510:        /* We are storing at the same address as previously noted.  Save the
                   2511:           wider reference, treating BLKmode as wider.  */
                   2512:        if (GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode
                   2513:            || (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
                   2514:                > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (loop_store_mems[i]))))
                   2515:          loop_store_mems[i] = x;
                   2516:        break;
                   2517:       }
                   2518: 
                   2519:   if (i == NUM_STORES)
                   2520:     unknown_address_altered = 1;
                   2521: 
                   2522:   else if (i == loop_store_mems_idx)
                   2523:     loop_store_mems[loop_store_mems_idx++] = x;
                   2524: }
                   2525: 
                   2526: /* Return nonzero if the rtx X is invariant over the current loop.
                   2527: 
                   2528:    The value is 2 if we refer to something only conditionally invariant.
                   2529: 
                   2530:    If `unknown_address_altered' is nonzero, no memory ref is invariant.
                   2531:    Otherwise, a memory ref is invariant if it does not conflict with
                   2532:    anything stored in `loop_store_mems'.  */
                   2533: 
                   2534: int
                   2535: invariant_p (x)
                   2536:      register rtx x;
                   2537: {
                   2538:   register int i;
                   2539:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   2540:   register char *fmt;
                   2541:   int conditional = 0;
                   2542: 
                   2543:   if (x == 0)
                   2544:     return 1;
                   2545:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   2546:   switch (code)
                   2547:     {
                   2548:     case CONST_INT:
                   2549:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   2550:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   2551:     case CONST:
                   2552:       return 1;
                   2553: 
                   2554:     case LABEL_REF:
                   2555:       /* A LABEL_REF is normally invariant, however, if we are unrolling
                   2556:         loops, and this label is inside the loop, then it isn't invariant.
                   2557:         This is because each unrolled copy of the loop body will have
                   2558:         a copy of this label.  If this was invariant, then an insn loading
                   2559:         the address of this label into a register might get moved outside
                   2560:         the loop, and then each loop body would end up using the same label.
                   2561: 
                   2562:         We don't know the loop bounds here though, so just fail for all
                   2563:         labels.  */
                   2564:       if (flag_unroll_loops)
                   2565:        return 0;
                   2566:       else
                   2567:        return 1;
                   2568: 
                   2569:     case PC:
                   2570:     case CC0:
                   2571:     case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
                   2572:       return 0;
                   2573: 
                   2574:     case REG:
                   2575:       /* We used to check RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) here, but that is invalid
                   2576:         since the reg might be set by initialization within the loop.  */
                   2577:       if (x == frame_pointer_rtx || x == arg_pointer_rtx)
                   2578:        return 1;
                   2579:       if (loop_has_call
                   2580:          && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && call_used_regs[REGNO (x)])
                   2581:        return 0;
                   2582:       if (n_times_set[REGNO (x)] < 0)
                   2583:        return 2;
                   2584:       return n_times_set[REGNO (x)] == 0;
                   2585: 
                   2586:     case MEM:
                   2587:       /* Read-only items (such as constants in a constant pool) are
                   2588:         invariant if their address is.  */
                   2589:       if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x))
                   2590:        break;
                   2591: 
                   2592:       /* If we filled the table (or had a subroutine call), any location
                   2593:         in memory could have been clobbered.  */
                   2594:       if (unknown_address_altered
                   2595:          /* Don't mess with volatile memory references.  */
                   2596:          || MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
                   2597:        return 0;
                   2598: 
                   2599:       /* See if there is any dependence between a store and this load.  */
                   2600:       for (i = loop_store_mems_idx - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2601:        if (true_dependence (loop_store_mems[i], x))
                   2602:          return 0;
                   2603: 
                   2604:       /* It's not invalidated by a store in memory
                   2605:         but we must still verify the address is invariant.  */
                   2606:       break;
                   2607: 
                   2608:     case ASM_OPERANDS:
                   2609:       /* Don't mess with insns declared volatile.  */
                   2610:       if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
                   2611:        return 0;
                   2612:     }
                   2613: 
                   2614:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   2615:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2616:     {
                   2617:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   2618:        {
                   2619:          int tem = invariant_p (XEXP (x, i));
                   2620:          if (tem == 0)
                   2621:            return 0;
                   2622:          if (tem == 2)
                   2623:            conditional = 1;
                   2624:        }
                   2625:       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   2626:        {
                   2627:          register int j;
                   2628:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   2629:            {
                   2630:              int tem = invariant_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
                   2631:              if (tem == 0)
                   2632:                return 0;
                   2633:              if (tem == 2)
                   2634:                conditional = 1;
                   2635:            }
                   2636: 
                   2637:        }
                   2638:     }
                   2639: 
                   2640:   return 1 + conditional;
                   2641: }
                   2642: 
                   2643: /* Return 1 if OTHER (a mem ref) overlaps the area of memory
                   2644:    which is SIZE bytes starting at BASE.  */
                   2645: 
                   2646: int
                   2647: addr_overlap_p (other, base, size)
                   2648:      rtx other;
                   2649:      rtx base;
                   2650:      int size;
                   2651: {
                   2652:   int start = 0, end;
                   2653: 
                   2654:   if (GET_CODE (base) == CONST)
                   2655:     base = XEXP (base, 0);
                   2656:   if (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS
                   2657:       && GET_CODE (XEXP (base, 1)) == CONST_INT)
                   2658:     {
                   2659:       start = INTVAL (XEXP (base, 1));
                   2660:       base = XEXP (base, 0);
                   2661:     }
                   2662: 
                   2663:   end = start + size;
                   2664:   return refers_to_mem_p (other, base, start, end);
                   2665: }
                   2666: 
                   2667: /* Return nonzero if all the insns in the loop that set REG
                   2668:    are INSN and the immediately following insns,
                   2669:    and if each of those insns sets REG in an invariant way
                   2670:    (not counting uses of REG in them).
                   2671: 
                   2672:    The value is 2 if some of these insns are only conditionally invariant.
                   2673: 
                   2674:    We assume that INSN itself is the first set of REG
                   2675:    and that its source is invariant.  */
                   2676: 
                   2677: static int
                   2678: consec_sets_invariant_p (reg, n_sets, insn)
                   2679:      int n_sets;
                   2680:      rtx reg, insn;
                   2681: {
                   2682:   register rtx p = insn;
                   2683:   register int regno = REGNO (reg);
                   2684:   rtx temp;
                   2685:   /* Number of sets we have to insist on finding after INSN.  */
                   2686:   int count = n_sets - 1;
                   2687:   int old = n_times_set[regno];
                   2688:   int value = 0;
                   2689:   int this;
                   2690: 
                   2691:   /* If N_SETS hit the limit, we can't rely on its value.  */
                   2692:   if (n_sets == 127)
                   2693:     return 0;
                   2694: 
                   2695:   n_times_set[regno] = 0;
                   2696: 
                   2697:   while (count > 0)
                   2698:     {
                   2699:       register enum rtx_code code;
                   2700:       rtx set;
                   2701: 
                   2702:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   2703:       code = GET_CODE (p);
                   2704: 
                   2705:       /* If library call, skip to end of of it.  */
                   2706:       if (code == INSN && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, 0)))
                   2707:        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   2708: 
                   2709:       this = 0;
                   2710:       if (code == INSN
                   2711:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   2712:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   2713:          && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == regno)
                   2714:        {
                   2715:          this = invariant_p (SET_SRC (set));
                   2716:          if (this != 0)
                   2717:            value |= this;
                   2718:          else if (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, 0))
                   2719:            {
                   2720:              this = invariant_p (XEXP (temp, 0));
                   2721:              if (this != 0)
                   2722:                value |= this;
                   2723:            }
                   2724:        }
                   2725:       if (this != 0)
                   2726:        count--;
                   2727:       else if (code != NOTE)
                   2728:        {
                   2729:          n_times_set[regno] = old;
                   2730:          return 0;
                   2731:        }
                   2732:     }
                   2733: 
                   2734:   n_times_set[regno] = old;
                   2735:   /* If invariant_p ever returned 2, we return 2.  */
                   2736:   return 1 + (value & 2);
                   2737: }
                   2738: 
                   2739: #if 0
                   2740: /* I don't think this condition is sufficient to allow INSN
                   2741:    to be moved, so we no longer test it.  */
                   2742: 
                   2743: /* Return 1 if all insns in the basic block of INSN and following INSN
                   2744:    that set REG are invariant according to TABLE.  */
                   2745: 
                   2746: static int
                   2747: all_sets_invariant_p (reg, insn, table)
                   2748:      rtx reg, insn;
                   2749:      short *table;
                   2750: {
                   2751:   register rtx p = insn;
                   2752:   register int regno = REGNO (reg);
                   2753: 
                   2754:   while (1)
                   2755:     {
                   2756:       register enum rtx_code code;
                   2757:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   2758:       code = GET_CODE (p);
                   2759:       if (code == CODE_LABEL || code == JUMP_INSN)
                   2760:        return 1;
                   2761:       if (code == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) == SET
                   2762:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p))) == REG
                   2763:          && REGNO (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p))) == regno)
                   2764:        {
                   2765:          if (!invariant_p (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), table))
                   2766:            return 0;
                   2767:        }
                   2768:     }
                   2769: }
                   2770: #endif /* 0 */
                   2771: 
                   2772: /* Look at all uses (not sets) of registers in X.  For each, if it is
                   2773:    the single use, set USAGE[REGNO] to INSN; if there was a previous use in
                   2774:    a different insn, set USAGE[REGNO] to const0_rtx.  */
                   2775: 
                   2776: static void
                   2777: find_single_use_in_loop (insn, x, usage)
                   2778:      rtx insn;
                   2779:      rtx x;
                   2780:      rtx *usage;
                   2781: {
                   2782:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                   2783:   char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   2784:   int i, j;
                   2785: 
                   2786:   if (code == REG)
                   2787:     usage[REGNO (x)]
                   2788:       = (usage[REGNO (x)] != 0 && usage[REGNO (x)] != insn)
                   2789:        ? const0_rtx : insn;
                   2790: 
                   2791:   else if (code == SET)
                   2792:     {
                   2793:       /* Don't count SET_DEST if it is a REG; otherwise count things
                   2794:         in SET_DEST because if a register is partially modified, it won't
                   2795:         show up as a potential movable so we don't care how USAGE is set 
                   2796:         for it.  */
                   2797:       if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG)
                   2798:        find_single_use_in_loop (insn, SET_DEST (x), usage);
                   2799:       find_single_use_in_loop (insn, SET_SRC (x), usage);
                   2800:     }
                   2801:   else
                   2802:     for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2803:       {
                   2804:        if (fmt[i] == 'e' && XEXP (x, i) != 0)
                   2805:          find_single_use_in_loop (insn, XEXP (x, i), usage);
                   2806:        else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   2807:          for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   2808:            find_single_use_in_loop (insn, XVECEXP (x, i, j), usage);
                   2809:       }
                   2810: }
                   2811: 
                   2812: /* Increment N_TIMES_SET at the index of each register
                   2813:    that is modified by an insn between FROM and TO.
                   2814:    If the value of an element of N_TIMES_SET becomes 127 or more,
                   2815:    stop incrementing it, to avoid overflow.
                   2816: 
                   2817:    Store in SINGLE_USAGE[I] the single insn in which register I is
                   2818:    used, if it is only used once.  Otherwise, it is set to 0 (for no
                   2819:    uses) or const0_rtx for more than one use.  This parameter may be zero,
                   2820:    in which case this processing is not done.
                   2821: 
                   2822:    Store in *COUNT_PTR the number of actual instruction
                   2823:    in the loop.  We use this to decide what is worth moving out.  */
                   2824: 
                   2825: /* last_set[n] is nonzero iff reg n has been set in the current basic block.
                   2826:    In that case, it is the insn that last set reg n.  */
                   2827: 
                   2828: static void
                   2829: count_loop_regs_set (from, to, may_not_move, single_usage, count_ptr, nregs)
                   2830:      register rtx from, to;
                   2831:      char *may_not_move;
                   2832:      rtx *single_usage;
                   2833:      int *count_ptr;
                   2834:      int nregs;
                   2835: {
                   2836:   register rtx *last_set = (rtx *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   2837:   register rtx insn;
                   2838:   register int count = 0;
                   2839:   register rtx dest;
                   2840: 
                   2841:   bzero (last_set, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   2842:   for (insn = from; insn != to; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   2843:     {
                   2844:       if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i')
                   2845:        {
                   2846:          ++count;
                   2847: 
                   2848:          /* If requested, record registers that have exactly one use.  */
                   2849:          if (single_usage)
                   2850:            {
                   2851:              find_single_use_in_loop (insn, PATTERN (insn), single_usage);
                   2852: 
                   2853:              /* Include uses in REG_EQUAL notes.  */
                   2854:              if (REG_NOTES (insn))
                   2855:                find_single_use_in_loop (insn, REG_NOTES (insn), single_usage);
                   2856:            }
                   2857: 
                   2858:          if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER
                   2859:              && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == REG)
                   2860:            /* Don't move a reg that has an explicit clobber.
                   2861:               We might do so sometimes, but it's not worth the pain.  */
                   2862:            may_not_move[REGNO (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0))] = 1;
                   2863: 
                   2864:          if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
                   2865:              || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER)
                   2866:            {
                   2867:              dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
                   2868:              while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
                   2869:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
                   2870:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
                   2871:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
                   2872:                dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
                   2873:              if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
                   2874:                {
                   2875:                  register int regno = REGNO (dest);
                   2876:                  /* If this is the first setting of this reg
                   2877:                     in current basic block, and it was set before,
                   2878:                     it must be set in two basic blocks, so it cannot
                   2879:                     be moved out of the loop.  */
                   2880:                  if (n_times_set[regno] > 0 && last_set[regno] == 0)
                   2881:                    may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2882:                  /* If this is not first setting in current basic block,
                   2883:                     see if reg was used in between previous one and this.
                   2884:                     If so, neither one can be moved.  */
                   2885:                  if (last_set[regno] != 0
                   2886:                      && reg_used_between_p (dest, last_set[regno], insn))
                   2887:                    may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2888:                  if (n_times_set[regno] < 127)
                   2889:                    ++n_times_set[regno];
                   2890:                  last_set[regno] = insn;
                   2891:                }
                   2892:            }
                   2893:          else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL)
                   2894:            {
                   2895:              register int i;
                   2896:              for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2897:                {
                   2898:                  register rtx x = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i);
                   2899:                  if (GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG)
                   2900:                    /* Don't move a reg that has an explicit clobber.
                   2901:                       It's not worth the pain to try to do it correctly.  */
                   2902:                    may_not_move[REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))] = 1;
                   2903: 
                   2904:                  if (GET_CODE (x) == SET || GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER)
                   2905:                    {
                   2906:                      dest = SET_DEST (x);
                   2907:                      while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
                   2908:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
                   2909:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
                   2910:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
                   2911:                        dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
                   2912:                      if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
                   2913:                        {
                   2914:                          register int regno = REGNO (dest);
                   2915:                          if (n_times_set[regno] > 0 && last_set[regno] == 0)
                   2916:                            may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2917:                          if (last_set[regno] != 0
                   2918:                              && reg_used_between_p (dest, last_set[regno], insn))
                   2919:                            may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2920:                          if (n_times_set[regno] < 127)
                   2921:                            ++n_times_set[regno];
                   2922:                          last_set[regno] = insn;
                   2923:                        }
                   2924:                    }
                   2925:                }
                   2926:            }
                   2927:        }
                   2928:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
                   2929:        bzero (last_set, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   2930:     }
                   2931:   *count_ptr = count;
                   2932: }
                   2933: 
                   2934: /* Given a loop that is bounded by LOOP_START and LOOP_END
                   2935:    and that is entered at SCAN_START,
                   2936:    return 1 if the register set in SET contained in insn INSN is used by
                   2937:    any insn that precedes INSN in cyclic order starting
                   2938:    from the loop entry point.
                   2939: 
                   2940:    We don't want to use INSN_LUID here because if we restrict INSN to those
                   2941:    that have a valid INSN_LUID, it means we cannot move an invariant out
                   2942:    from an inner loop past two loops.  */
                   2943: 
                   2944: static int
                   2945: loop_reg_used_before_p (set, insn, loop_start, scan_start, loop_end)
                   2946:      rtx set, insn, loop_start, scan_start, loop_end;
                   2947: {
                   2948:   rtx reg = SET_DEST (set);
                   2949:   rtx p;
                   2950: 
                   2951:   /* Scan forward checking for register usage.  If we hit INSN, we
                   2952:      are done.  Otherwise, if we hit LOOP_END, wrap around to LOOP_START.  */
                   2953:   for (p = scan_start; p != insn; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   2954:     {
                   2955:       if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
                   2956:          && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (p)))
                   2957:        return 1;
                   2958: 
                   2959:       if (p == loop_end)
                   2960:        p = loop_start;
                   2961:     }
                   2962: 
                   2963:   return 0;
                   2964: }
                   2965: 
                   2966: /* A "basic induction variable" or biv is a pseudo reg that is set
                   2967:    (within this loop) only by incrementing or decrementing it.  */
                   2968: /* A "general induction variable" or giv is a pseudo reg whose
                   2969:    value is a linear function of a biv.  */
                   2970: 
                   2971: /* Bivs are recognized by `basic_induction_var';
                   2972:    Givs by `general_induct_var'.  */
                   2973: 
                   2974: /* Indexed by register number, indicates whether or not register is an
                   2975:    induction variable, and if so what type.  */
                   2976: 
                   2977: enum iv_mode *reg_iv_type;
                   2978: 
                   2979: /* Indexed by register number, contains pointer to `struct induction'
                   2980:    if register is an induction variable.  This holds general info for
                   2981:    all induction variables.  */
                   2982: 
                   2983: struct induction **reg_iv_info;
                   2984: 
                   2985: /* Indexed by register number, contains pointer to `struct iv_class'
                   2986:    if register is a basic induction variable.  This holds info describing
                   2987:    the class (a related group) of induction variables that the biv belongs
                   2988:    to.  */
                   2989: 
                   2990: struct iv_class **reg_biv_class;
                   2991: 
                   2992: /* The head of a list which links together (via the next field)
                   2993:    every iv class for the current loop.  */
                   2994: 
                   2995: struct iv_class *loop_iv_list;
                   2996: 
                   2997: /* Communication with routines called via `note_stores'.  */
                   2998: 
                   2999: static rtx note_insn;
                   3000: 
                   3001: /* Dummy register to have non-zero DEST_REG for DEST_ADDR type givs.  */
                   3002: 
                   3003: static rtx addr_placeholder;
                   3004: 
                   3005: /* ??? Unfinished optimizations, and possible future optimizations,
                   3006:    for the strength reduction code.  */
                   3007: 
                   3008: /* ??? There is one more optimization you might be interested in doing: to
                   3009:    allocate pseudo registers for frequently-accessed memory locations.
                   3010:    If the same memory location is referenced each time around, it might
                   3011:    be possible to copy it into a register before and out after.
                   3012:    This is especially useful when the memory location is a variable which
                   3013:    is in a stack slot because somewhere its address is taken.  If the
                   3014:    loop doesn't contain a function call and the variable isn't volatile,
                   3015:    it is safe to keep the value in a register for the duration of the
                   3016:    loop. One tricky thing is that the copying of the value back from the
                   3017:    register has to be done on all exits from the loop.  You need to check that
                   3018:    all the exits from the loop go to the same place. */
                   3019: 
                   3020: /* ??? The interaction of biv elimination, and recognition of 'constant'
                   3021:    bivs, may cause problems. */
                   3022: 
                   3023: /* ??? Add heuristics so that DEST_ADDR strength reduction does not cause
                   3024:    performance problems.
                   3025: 
                   3026:    Perhaps don't eliminate things that can be combined with an addressing
                   3027:    mode.  Find all givs that have the same biv, mult_val, and add_val;
                   3028:    then for each giv, check to see if its only use dies in a following
                   3029:    memory address.  If so, generate a new memory address and check to see
                   3030:    if it is valid.   If it is valid, then store the modified memory address,
                   3031:    otherwise, mark the giv as not done so that it will get its own iv.  */
                   3032: 
                   3033: /* ??? Could try to optimize branches when it is known that a biv is always
                   3034:    positive.  */
                   3035: 
                   3036: /* ??? When replace a biv in a compare insn, we should replace with closest
                   3037:    giv so that an optimized branch can still be recognized by the combiner,
                   3038:    e.g. the VAX acb insn.  */
                   3039: 
                   3040: /* ??? Many of the checks involving uid_luid could be simplified if regscan
                   3041:    was rerun in loop_optimize whenever a register was added or moved.
                   3042:    Also, some of the optimizations could be a little less conservative.  */
                   3043: 
                   3044: /* Perform strength reduction and induction variable elimination.  */
                   3045: 
                   3046: /* Pseudo registers created during this function will be beyond the last
                   3047:    valid index in several tables including n_times_set and regno_last_uid.
                   3048:    This does not cause a problem here, because the added registers cannot be
                   3049:    givs outside of their loop, and hence will never be reconsidered.
                   3050:    But scan_loop must check regnos to make sure they are in bounds.  */
                   3051: 
                   3052: static void
                   3053: strength_reduce (scan_start, end, loop_top, insn_count,
                   3054:                 loop_start, loop_end)
                   3055:      rtx scan_start;
                   3056:      rtx end;
                   3057:      rtx loop_top;
                   3058:      int insn_count;
                   3059:      rtx loop_start;
                   3060:      rtx loop_end;
                   3061: {
                   3062:   rtx p;
                   3063:   rtx set;
                   3064:   rtx inc_val;
                   3065:   rtx mult_val;
                   3066:   rtx dest_reg;
                   3067:   /* This is 1 if current insn is not executed at least once for every loop
                   3068:      iteration.  */
                   3069:   int not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3070:   /* Temporary list pointers for traversing loop_iv_list.  */
                   3071:   struct iv_class *bl, **backbl;
                   3072:   /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
                   3073:      for saving an instruction.  More if loop doesn't call subroutines
                   3074:      since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
                   3075:      and more registers are available.  */
                   3076:   /* ??? could set this to last value of threshold in move_movables */
                   3077:   int threshold = (loop_has_call ? 1 : 2) * (3 + n_non_fixed_regs);
                   3078:   /* Map of pseudo-register replacements.  */
                   3079:   rtx *reg_map;
                   3080:   int call_seen;
                   3081:   rtx test;
                   3082:   rtx end_insert_before;
                   3083: 
                   3084:   reg_iv_type = (enum iv_mode *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop
                   3085:                                         * sizeof (enum iv_mode *));
                   3086:   bzero ((char *) reg_iv_type, max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (enum iv_mode *));
                   3087:   reg_iv_info = (struct induction **)
                   3088:     alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (struct induction *));
                   3089:   bzero ((char *) reg_iv_info, (max_reg_before_loop
                   3090:                                * sizeof (struct induction *)));
                   3091:   reg_biv_class = (struct iv_class **)
                   3092:     alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (struct iv_class *));
                   3093:   bzero ((char *) reg_biv_class, (max_reg_before_loop
                   3094:                                  * sizeof (struct iv_class *)));
                   3095: 
                   3096:   loop_iv_list = 0;
                   3097:   addr_placeholder = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
                   3098: 
                   3099:   /* Save insn immediately after the loop_end.  Insns inserted after loop_end
                   3100:      must be put before this insn, so that they will appear in the right
                   3101:      order (i.e. loop order).  */
                   3102: 
                   3103:   end_insert_before = NEXT_INSN (loop_end);
                   3104: 
                   3105:   /* Scan through loop to find all possible bivs.  */
                   3106: 
                   3107:   p = scan_start;
                   3108:   while (1)
                   3109:     {
                   3110:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   3111:       /* At end of a straight-in loop, we are done.
                   3112:         At end of a loop entered at the bottom, scan the top.  */
                   3113:       if (p == scan_start)
                   3114:        break;
                   3115:       if (p == end)
                   3116:        {
                   3117:          if (loop_top != 0)
                   3118:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_top);
                   3119:          else
                   3120:            break;
                   3121:          if (p == scan_start)
                   3122:            break;
                   3123:        }
                   3124: 
                   3125:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
                   3126:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   3127:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG)
                   3128:        {
                   3129:          dest_reg = SET_DEST (set);
                   3130:          if (REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
                   3131:              && REGNO (dest_reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   3132:              && reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] != NOT_BASIC_INDUCT)
                   3133:            {
                   3134:              if (basic_induction_var (SET_SRC (set), dest_reg,
                   3135:                                      &inc_val, &mult_val))
                   3136:                {
                   3137:                  /* It is a possible basic induction variable.
                   3138:                     Create and initialize an induction structure for it.  */
                   3139: 
                   3140:                  struct induction *v
                   3141:                    = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
                   3142: 
                   3143:                  record_biv (v, p, dest_reg, inc_val, mult_val,
                   3144:                              not_every_iteration);
                   3145:                  reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = BASIC_INDUCT;
                   3146:                }
                   3147:              else if (REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop)
                   3148:                reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT;
                   3149:            }
                   3150:        }
                   3151: 
                   3152:       /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we can't count
                   3153:         on whether or how many times they will be executed during each
                   3154:         iteration.  */
                   3155:       /* This code appears in three places, once in scan_loop, and twice
                   3156:         in strength_reduce.  */
                   3157:       if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                   3158:          /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
                   3159:             beginning, don't set not_every_iteration for that.
                   3160:             This can be any kind of jump, since we want to know if insns
                   3161:             will be executed if the loop is executed.  */
                   3162:          && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
                   3163:                && ((NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == loop_end && simplejump_p (p))
                   3164:                    || (NEXT_INSN (p) == loop_end && condjump_p (p)))))
                   3165:        not_every_iteration = 1;
                   3166: 
                   3167:       /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
                   3168:         be executed each iteration: logically, the loop begins here
                   3169:         even though the exit code has been duplicated.  */
                   3170: 
                   3171:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                   3172:               && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP)
                   3173:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3174: 
                   3175:       /* Unlike in the code motion pass where MAYBE_NEVER indicates that
                   3176:         an insn may never be executed, NOT_EVERY_ITERATION indicates whether
                   3177:         or not an insn is known to be executed each iteration of the
                   3178:         loop, whether or not any iterations are known to occur.
                   3179: 
                   3180:         Therefore, if we have just passed a label and have no more labels
                   3181:         between here and the test insn of the loop, we know these insns
                   3182:         will be executed each iteration.  This can also happen if we
                   3183:         have just passed a jump, for example, when there are nested loops.  */
                   3184: 
                   3185:       if (not_every_iteration && GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL
                   3186:          && no_labels_between_p (p, loop_end))
                   3187:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3188:     }
                   3189: 
                   3190:   /* Scan loop_iv_list to remove all regs that proved not to be bivs.
                   3191:      Make a sanity check against n_times_set.  */
                   3192:   for (backbl = &loop_iv_list, bl = *backbl; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3193:     {
                   3194:       if (reg_iv_type[bl->regno] != BASIC_INDUCT
                   3195:          /* Above happens if register modified by subreg, etc.  */
                   3196:          /* Make sure it is not recognized as a basic induction var: */
                   3197:          || n_times_set[bl->regno] != bl->biv_count
                   3198:          /* If never incremented, it is invariant that we decided not to
                   3199:             move.  So leave it alone.  */
                   3200:          || ! bl->incremented)
                   3201:        {
                   3202:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3203:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv discarded, %s\n",
                   3204:                     bl->regno,
                   3205:                     (reg_iv_type[bl->regno] != BASIC_INDUCT
                   3206:                      ? "not induction variable"
                   3207:                      : (! bl->incremented ? "never incremented"
                   3208:                         : "count error")));
                   3209:          
                   3210:          reg_iv_type[bl->regno] = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT;
                   3211:          *backbl = bl->next;
                   3212:        }
                   3213:       else
                   3214:        {
                   3215:          backbl = &bl->next;
                   3216: 
                   3217:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3218:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv verified\n", bl->regno);
                   3219:        }
                   3220:     }
                   3221: 
                   3222:   /* Exit if there are no bivs.  */
                   3223:   if (! loop_iv_list)
                   3224:     {
                   3225:       /* Can still unroll the loop anyways, but indicate that there is no
                   3226:         strength reduction info available.  */
                   3227:       if (flag_unroll_loops)
                   3228:        unroll_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start, end_insert_before, 0);
                   3229: 
                   3230:       return;
                   3231:     }
                   3232: 
                   3233:   /* Find initial value for each biv by searching backwards from loop_start,
                   3234:      halting at first label.  Also record any test condition.  */
                   3235: 
                   3236:   call_seen = 0;
                   3237:   for (p = loop_start; p && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL; p = PREV_INSN (p))
                   3238:     {
                   3239:       note_insn = p;
                   3240: 
                   3241:       if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   3242:        call_seen = 1;
                   3243: 
                   3244:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   3245:          || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   3246:        note_stores (PATTERN (p), record_initial);
                   3247: 
                   3248:       /* Record any test of a biv that branches around the loop if no store
                   3249:         between it and the start of loop.  We only care about tests with
                   3250:         constants and registers and only certain of those.  */
                   3251:       if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   3252:          && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
                   3253:          && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p)) == next_real_insn (loop_end)
                   3254:          && (test = get_condition_for_loop (p)) != 0
                   3255:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (test, 0)) == REG
                   3256:          && REGNO (XEXP (test, 0)) < max_reg_before_loop
                   3257:          && (bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (XEXP (test, 0))]) != 0
                   3258:          && valid_initial_value_p (XEXP (test, 1), p, call_seen, loop_start)
                   3259:          && bl->init_insn == 0)
                   3260:        {
                   3261:          /* If an NE test, we have an initial value!  */
                   3262:          if (GET_CODE (test) == NE)
                   3263:            {
                   3264:              bl->init_insn = p;
                   3265:              bl->init_set = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode,
                   3266:                                      XEXP (test, 0), XEXP (test, 1));
                   3267:            }
                   3268:          else
                   3269:            bl->initial_test = test;
                   3270:        }
                   3271:     }
                   3272: 
                   3273:   /* Look at the each biv and see if we can say anything better about its
                   3274:      initial value from any initializing insns set up above.  (This is done
                   3275:      in two passes to avoid missing SETs in a PARALLEL.)  */
                   3276:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3277:     {
                   3278:       rtx src;
                   3279: 
                   3280:       if (! bl->init_insn)
                   3281:        continue;
                   3282: 
                   3283:       src = SET_SRC (bl->init_set);
                   3284: 
                   3285:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3286:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3287:                 "Biv %d initialized at insn %d: initial value ",
                   3288:                 bl->regno, INSN_UID (bl->init_insn));
                   3289: 
                   3290:       if (valid_initial_value_p (src, bl->init_insn, call_seen, loop_start))
                   3291:        {
                   3292:          bl->initial_value = src;
                   3293: 
                   3294:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3295:            {
                   3296:              if (GET_CODE (src) == CONST_INT)
                   3297:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "%d\n", INTVAL (src));
                   3298:              else
                   3299:                {
                   3300:                  print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, src);
                   3301:                  fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   3302:                }
                   3303:            }
                   3304:        }
                   3305:       else
                   3306:        {
                   3307:          /* Biv initial value is not simple move,
1.1.1.2 ! root     3308:             so let it keep initial value of "itself".  */
1.1       root     3309: 
                   3310:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3311:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "is complex\n");
                   3312:        }
                   3313:     }
                   3314: 
                   3315:   /* Search the loop for general induction variables.  */
                   3316: 
                   3317:   /* A register is a giv if: it is only set once, it is a function of a
                   3318:      biv and a constant (or invariant), and it is not a biv.  */
                   3319: 
                   3320:   not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3321:   p = scan_start;
                   3322:   while (1)
                   3323:     {
                   3324:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   3325:       /* At end of a straight-in loop, we are done.
                   3326:         At end of a loop entered at the bottom, scan the top.  */
                   3327:       if (p == scan_start)
                   3328:        break;
                   3329:       if (p == end)
                   3330:        {
                   3331:          if (loop_top != 0)
                   3332:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_top);
                   3333:          else
                   3334:            break;
                   3335:          if (p == scan_start)
                   3336:            break;
                   3337:        }
                   3338: 
                   3339:       /* Look for a general induction variable in a register.  */
                   3340:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
                   3341:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   3342:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   3343:          && ! may_not_optimize[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))])
                   3344:        {
                   3345:          rtx src_reg;
                   3346:          rtx add_val;
                   3347:          rtx mult_val;
                   3348:          int benefit;
                   3349:          rtx regnote = 0;
                   3350: 
                   3351:          dest_reg = SET_DEST (set);
                   3352:          if (REGNO (dest_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   3353:            continue;
                   3354: 
                   3355:          if (/* SET_SRC is a giv.  */
                   3356:              ((benefit = general_induction_var (SET_SRC (set),
                   3357:                                                 &src_reg, &add_val,
                   3358:                                                 &mult_val))
                   3359:               /* Equivalent expression is a giv. */
                   3360:               || ((regnote = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, 0))
                   3361:                   && (benefit = general_induction_var (XEXP (regnote, 0),
                   3362:                                                        &src_reg,
                   3363:                                                        &add_val, &mult_val))))
                   3364:              /* Don't try to handle any regs made by loop optimization.
                   3365:                 We have nothing on them in regno_first_uid, etc.  */
                   3366:              && REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
                   3367:              /* Don't recognize a BASIC_INDUCT_VAR here.  */
                   3368:              && dest_reg != src_reg
                   3369:              /* This must be the only place where the register is set.  */
                   3370:              && (n_times_set[REGNO (dest_reg)] == 1
                   3371:                  /* or all sets must be consecutive and make a giv. */
                   3372:                  || (benefit = consec_sets_giv (benefit, p,
                   3373:                                                 src_reg, dest_reg,
                   3374:                                                 &add_val, &mult_val))))
                   3375:            {
                   3376:              int count;
                   3377:              struct induction *v
                   3378:                = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
                   3379:              rtx temp;
                   3380: 
                   3381:              /* If this is a library call, increase benefit.  */
                   3382:              if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, 0))
                   3383:                benefit += libcall_benefit (p);
                   3384: 
                   3385:              /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any.  */
                   3386:              for (count = n_times_set[REGNO (dest_reg)] - 1;
                   3387:                   count > 0; count--)
                   3388:                {
                   3389:                  /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end.
                   3390:                     Do this at start of loop, since INSN is guaranteed to
                   3391:                     be an insn here.  */
                   3392:                  if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
                   3393:                      && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, 0)))
                   3394:                    p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   3395: 
                   3396:                  do p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   3397:                  while (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE);
                   3398:                }
                   3399: 
                   3400:              record_giv (v, p, src_reg, dest_reg, mult_val, add_val, benefit,
                   3401:                          DEST_REG, not_every_iteration, 0, loop_start,
                   3402:                          loop_end);
                   3403: 
                   3404:            }
                   3405:        }
                   3406: 
                   3407: #ifndef DONT_REDUCE_ADDR
                   3408:       /* Look for givs which are memory addresses.  */
                   3409:       /* This resulted in worse code on a VAX 8600.  I wonder if it
                   3410:         still does.  */
                   3411:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN)
                   3412:        find_mem_givs (PATTERN (p), p, not_every_iteration, loop_start,
                   3413:                       loop_end);
                   3414: #endif
                   3415: 
                   3416:       /* Update the status of whether giv can derive other givs.  This can
                   3417:         change when we pass a label or an insn that updates a biv.  */
                   3418:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
                   3419:        update_giv_derive (p);
                   3420: 
                   3421:       /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we can't count
                   3422:         on whether or how many times they will be executed during each
                   3423:         iteration.  */
                   3424:       /* This code appears in three places, once in scan_loop, and twice
                   3425:         in strength_reduce.  */
                   3426:       if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                   3427:          /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around
                   3428:             to the beginning, don't set not_every_iteration for that.
                   3429:             This can be any kind of jump, since we want to know if insns
                   3430:             will be executed if the loop is executed.  */
                   3431:          && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
                   3432:                && ((NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == loop_end && simplejump_p (p))
                   3433:                    || (NEXT_INSN (p) == loop_end && condjump_p (p)))))
                   3434:        not_every_iteration = 1;
                   3435: 
                   3436:       /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
                   3437:         be executed each iteration: logically, the loop begins here
                   3438:         even though the exit code has been duplicated.  */
                   3439: 
                   3440:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                   3441:               && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP)
                   3442:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3443: 
                   3444:       /* Unlike in the code motion pass where MAYBE_NEVER indicates that
                   3445:         an insn may never be executed, NOT_EVERY_ITERATION indicates whether
                   3446:         or not an insn is known to be executed each iteration of the
                   3447:         loop, whether or not any iterations are known to occur.
                   3448: 
                   3449:         Therefore, if we have just passed a label and have no more labels
                   3450:         between here and the test insn of the loop, we know these insns
                   3451:         will be executed each iteration.  */
                   3452: 
                   3453:       if (not_every_iteration && GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL
                   3454:          && no_labels_between_p (p, loop_end))
                   3455:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3456:     }
                   3457: 
                   3458:   /* Try to calculate and save the number of loop iterations.  This is
                   3459:      set to zero if the actual number can not be calculated.  This must
                   3460:      be called after all giv's have been identified, since otherwise it may
                   3461:      fail if the iteration variable is a giv.  */
                   3462: 
                   3463:   loop_n_iterations = loop_iterations (loop_start, loop_end);
                   3464: 
                   3465:   /* Now for each giv for which we still don't know whether or not it is
                   3466:      replaceable, check to see if it is replaceable because its final value
                   3467:      can be calculated.  This must be done after loop_iterations is called,
                   3468:      so that final_giv_value will work correctly.  */
                   3469: 
                   3470:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3471:     {
                   3472:       struct induction *v;
                   3473: 
                   3474:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3475:        if (! v->replaceable && ! v->not_replaceable)
                   3476:          check_final_value (v, loop_start, loop_end);
                   3477:     }
                   3478: 
                   3479:   /* Try to prove that the loop counter variable (if any) is always
                   3480:      nonnegative; if so, record that fact with a REG_NONNEG note
                   3481:      so that "decrement and branch until zero" insn can be used.  */
                   3482:   check_dbra_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start);
                   3483: 
                   3484:   /* Create reg_map to hold substitutions for replaceable giv regs.  */
                   3485:   reg_map = (rtx *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (rtx));
                   3486:   bzero ((char *) reg_map, max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (rtx));
                   3487: 
                   3488:   /* Examine each iv class for feasibility of strength reduction/induction
                   3489:      variable elimination.  */
                   3490: 
                   3491:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3492:     {
                   3493:       struct induction *v;
                   3494:       int benefit;
                   3495:       int all_reduced;
                   3496:       rtx final_value = 0;
                   3497: 
                   3498:       /* Test whether it will be possible to eliminate this biv
                   3499:         provided all givs are reduced.  This is possible if either
                   3500:         the reg is not used outside the loop, or we can compute
                   3501:         what its final value will be.
                   3502: 
                   3503:         For architectures with a decrement_and_branch_until_zero insn,
                   3504:         don't do this if we put a REG_NONNEG note on the endtest for
                   3505:         this biv.  */
                   3506: 
                   3507:       /* Compare against bl->init_insn rather than loop_start.
                   3508:         We aren't concerned with any uses of the biv between
                   3509:         init_insn and loop_start since these won't be affected
                   3510:         by the value of the biv elsewhere in the function, so
                   3511:         long as init_insn doesn't use the biv itself.
                   3512:         March 14, 1989 -- [email protected] */
                   3513: 
                   3514:       if ((uid_luid[regno_last_uid[bl->regno]] < INSN_LUID (loop_end)
                   3515:           && bl->init_insn
                   3516:           && INSN_UID (bl->init_insn) < max_uid_for_loop
                   3517:           && uid_luid[regno_first_uid[bl->regno]] >= INSN_LUID (bl->init_insn)
                   3518: #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero
                   3519:           && ! bl->nonneg
                   3520: #endif
                   3521:           && ! reg_mentioned_p (bl->biv->dest_reg, SET_SRC (bl->init_set)))
                   3522:          || ((final_value = final_biv_value (bl, loop_start, loop_end))
                   3523: #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero
                   3524:              && ! bl->nonneg
                   3525: #endif
                   3526:              ))
                   3527:        bl->eliminable = maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, 0,
                   3528:                                              threshold, insn_count);
                   3529:       else
                   3530:        {
                   3531:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3532:            {
                   3533:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3534:                       "Cannot eliminate biv %d.\n",
                   3535:                       bl->regno);
                   3536:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3537:                       "First use: insn %d, last use: insn %d.\n",
                   3538:                       regno_first_uid[bl->regno],
                   3539:                       regno_last_uid[bl->regno]);
                   3540:            }
                   3541:        }
                   3542: 
                   3543:       /* Combine all giv's for this iv_class.  */
                   3544:       combine_givs (bl);
                   3545: 
                   3546:       /* This will be true at the end, if all givs which depend on this
                   3547:         biv have been strength reduced.
                   3548:         We can't (currently) eliminate the biv unless this is so.  */
                   3549:       all_reduced = 1;
                   3550: 
                   3551:       /* Check each giv in this class to see if we will benefit by reducing
                   3552:         it.  Skip giv's combined with others.  */
                   3553:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3554:        {
                   3555:          struct induction *tv;
                   3556: 
                   3557:          if (v->ignore || v->same)
                   3558:            continue;
                   3559: 
                   3560:          benefit = v->benefit;
                   3561: 
                   3562:          /* Reduce benefit if not replaceable, since we will insert
                   3563:             a move-insn to replace the insn that calculates this giv.
                   3564:             Don't do this unless the giv is a user variable, since it
                   3565:             will often be marked non-replaceable because of the duplication
                   3566:             of the exit code outside the loop.  In such a case, the copies
                   3567:             we insert are dead and will be deleted.  So they don't have
                   3568:             a cost.  Similar situations exist.  */
                   3569:          /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job
                   3570:             of finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no longer
                   3571:             be necessary.  */
                   3572:          if (! v->replaceable && ! bl->eliminable
                   3573:              && REG_USERVAR_P (v->dest_reg))
                   3574:            benefit -= copy_cost;
                   3575: 
                   3576:          /* Decrease the benefit to count the add-insns that we will
                   3577:             insert to increment the reduced reg for the giv.  */
                   3578:          benefit -= add_cost * bl->biv_count;
                   3579: 
                   3580:          /* Decide whether to strength-reduce this giv or to leave the code
                   3581:             unchanged (recompute it from the biv each time it is used).
                   3582:             This decision can be made independently for each giv.  */
                   3583: 
                   3584:          /* ??? Perhaps attempt to guess whether autoincrement will handle
                   3585:             some of the new add insns; if so, can increase BENEFIT
                   3586:             (undo the subtraction of add_cost that was done above).  */
                   3587: 
                   3588:          /* If an insn is not to be strength reduced, then set its ignore
                   3589:             flag, and clear all_reduced.  */
                   3590: 
                   3591:          if (v->lifetime * threshold * benefit < insn_count)
                   3592:            {
                   3593:              if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3594:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3595:                         "giv of insn %d not worth while, %d vs %d.\n",
                   3596:                         INSN_UID (v->insn),
                   3597:                         v->lifetime * threshold * benefit, insn_count);
                   3598:              v->ignore = 1;
                   3599:              all_reduced = 0;
                   3600:            }
                   3601:          else
                   3602:            {
                   3603:              /* Check that we can increment the reduced giv without a
                   3604:                 multiply insn.  If not, reject it.  */
                   3605: 
                   3606:              for (tv = bl->biv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
                   3607:                if (tv->mult_val == const1_rtx
                   3608:                    && ! product_cheap_p (tv->add_val, v->mult_val))
                   3609:                  {
                   3610:                    if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3611:                      fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3612:                               "giv of insn %d: would need a multiply.\n",
                   3613:                               INSN_UID (v->insn));
                   3614:                    v->ignore = 1;
                   3615:                    all_reduced = 0;
                   3616:                    break;
                   3617:                  }
                   3618:            }
                   3619:        }
                   3620: 
                   3621:       /* Reduce each giv that we decided to reduce.  */
                   3622: 
                   3623:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3624:        {
                   3625:          struct induction *tv;
                   3626:          if (! v->ignore && v->same == 0)
                   3627:            {
                   3628:              v->new_reg = gen_reg_rtx (v->mode);
                   3629: 
                   3630:              /* For each place where the biv is incremented,
                   3631:                 add an insn to increment the new, reduced reg for the giv.  */
                   3632:              for (tv = bl->biv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
                   3633:                {
                   3634:                  if (tv->mult_val == const1_rtx)
                   3635:                    emit_iv_add_mult (tv->add_val, v->mult_val,
                   3636:                                      v->new_reg, v->new_reg, tv->insn);
                   3637:                  else /* tv->mult_val == const0_rtx */
                   3638:                    /* A multiply is acceptable here
                   3639:                       since this is presumed to be seldom executed.  */
                   3640:                    emit_iv_add_mult (tv->add_val, v->mult_val,
                   3641:                                      v->add_val, v->new_reg, tv->insn);
                   3642:                }
                   3643: 
                   3644:              /* Add code at loop start to initialize giv's reduced reg.  */
                   3645: 
                   3646:              emit_iv_add_mult (bl->initial_value, v->mult_val,
                   3647:                                v->add_val, v->new_reg, loop_start);
                   3648:            }
                   3649:        }
                   3650: 
                   3651:       /* Rescan all givs.  If a giv is the same as a giv not reduced, mark it
                   3652:         as not reduced.
                   3653:         
                   3654:         For each giv register that can be reduced now: if replaceable,
                   3655:         substitute reduced reg wherever the old giv occurs;
                   3656:         else add new move insn "giv_reg = reduced_reg".
                   3657: 
                   3658:         Also check for givs whose first use is their definition and whose
                   3659:         last use is the definition of another giv.  If so, it is likely
                   3660:         dead and should not be used to eliminate a biv.  */
                   3661:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3662:        {
                   3663:          if (v->same && v->same->ignore)
                   3664:            v->ignore = 1;
                   3665: 
                   3666:          if (v->ignore)
                   3667:            continue;
                   3668: 
                   3669:          if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG
                   3670:              && regno_first_uid[REGNO (v->dest_reg)] == INSN_UID (v->insn))
                   3671:            {
                   3672:              struct induction *v1;
                   3673: 
                   3674:              for (v1 = bl->giv; v1; v1 = v1->next_iv)
                   3675:                if (regno_last_uid[REGNO (v->dest_reg)] == INSN_UID (v1->insn))
                   3676:                  v->maybe_dead = 1;
                   3677:            }
                   3678: 
                   3679:          /* Update expression if this was combined, in case other giv was
                   3680:             replaced.  */
                   3681:          if (v->same)
                   3682:            v->new_reg = replace_rtx (v->new_reg,
                   3683:                                      v->same->dest_reg, v->same->new_reg);
                   3684: 
                   3685:          if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR)
                   3686:            /* Store reduced reg as the address in the memref where we found
                   3687:               this giv.  */
                   3688:            *v->location = v->new_reg;
                   3689:          else if (v->replaceable)
                   3690:            {
                   3691:              reg_map[REGNO (v->dest_reg)] = v->new_reg;
                   3692: 
                   3693: #if 0
                   3694:              /* I can no longer duplicate the original problem.  Perhaps
                   3695:                 this is unnecessary now?  */
                   3696: 
                   3697:              /* Replaceable; it isn't strictly necessary to delete the old
                   3698:                 insn and emit a new one, because v->dest_reg is now dead.
                   3699: 
                   3700:                 However, especially when unrolling loops, the special
                   3701:                 handling for (set REG0 REG1) in the second cse pass may
                   3702:                 make v->dest_reg live again.  To avoid this problem, emit
                   3703:                 an insn to set the original giv reg from the reduced giv.
                   3704:                 We can not delete the original insn, since it may be part
                   3705:                 of a LIBCALL, and the code in flow that eliminates dead
                   3706:                 libcalls will fail if it is deleted.  */
                   3707:              emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->new_reg),
                   3708:                               v->insn);
                   3709: #endif
                   3710:            }
                   3711:          else
                   3712:            {
                   3713:              /* Not replaceable; emit an insn to set the original giv reg from
                   3714:                 the reduced giv, same as above.  */
                   3715:              emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->new_reg),
                   3716:                               v->insn);
                   3717:            }
                   3718: 
                   3719:          /* When a loop is reversed, givs which depend on the reversed
                   3720:             biv, and which are live outside the loop, must be set to their
                   3721:             correct final value.  This insn is only needed if the giv is
                   3722:             not replaceable.  The correct final value is the same as the
                   3723:             value that the giv starts the reversed loop with.  */
                   3724:          if (bl->reversed && ! v->replaceable)
                   3725:            emit_iv_add_mult (bl->initial_value, v->mult_val,
                   3726:                              v->add_val, v->dest_reg, end_insert_before);
                   3727:          else if (v->final_value)
                   3728:            {
                   3729:              rtx insert_before;
                   3730: 
                   3731:              /* If the loop has multiple exits, emit the insn before the
                   3732:                 loop to ensure that it will always be executed no matter
                   3733:                 how the loop exits.  Otherwise, emit the insn after the loop,
                   3734:                 since this is slightly more efficient.  */
                   3735:              if (loop_number_exit_labels[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
                   3736:                insert_before = loop_start;
                   3737:              else
                   3738:                insert_before = end_insert_before;
                   3739:              emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->final_value),
                   3740:                                insert_before);
                   3741: 
                   3742: #if 0
                   3743:              /* If the insn to set the final value of the giv was emitted
                   3744:                 before the loop, then we must delete the insn inside the loop
                   3745:                 that sets it.  If this is a LIBCALL, then we must delete
                   3746:                 every insn in the libcall.  Note, however, that
                   3747:                 final_giv_value will only succeed when there are multiple
                   3748:                 exits if the giv is dead at each exit, hence it does not
                   3749:                 matter that the original insn remains because it is dead
                   3750:                 anyways.  */
                   3751:              /* Delete the insn inside the loop that sets the giv since
                   3752:                 the giv is now set before (or after) the loop.  */
                   3753:              delete_insn (v->insn);
                   3754: #endif
                   3755:            }
                   3756: 
                   3757:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3758:            {
                   3759:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "giv at %d reduced to ",
                   3760:                       INSN_UID (v->insn));
                   3761:              print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, v->new_reg);
                   3762:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   3763:            }
                   3764:        }
                   3765: 
                   3766:       /* All the givs based on the biv bl have been reduced if they
                   3767:         merit it.  */
                   3768: 
                   3769:       /* For each giv not marked as maybe dead that has been combined with a
                   3770:         second giv, clear any "maybe dead" mark on that second giv.
                   3771:         v->new_reg will either be or refer to the register of the giv it
                   3772:         combined with.
                   3773: 
                   3774:         Doing this clearing avoids problems in biv elimination where a
                   3775:         giv's new_reg is a complex value that can't be put in the insn but
                   3776:         the giv combined with (with a reg as new_reg) is marked maybe_dead.
                   3777:         Since the register will be used in either case, we'd prefer it be
                   3778:         used from the simpler giv.  */
                   3779: 
                   3780:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3781:        if (! v->maybe_dead && v->same)
                   3782:          v->same->maybe_dead = 0;
                   3783: 
                   3784:       /* Try to eliminate the biv, if it is a candidate.
                   3785:         This won't work if ! all_reduced,
                   3786:         since the givs we planned to use might not have been reduced.
                   3787: 
1.1.1.2 ! root     3788:         We have to be careful that we didn't initially think we could eliminate
1.1       root     3789:         this biv because of a giv that we now think may be dead and shouldn't
                   3790:         be used as a biv replacement.  
                   3791: 
                   3792:         Also, there is the possibility that we may have a giv that looks
                   3793:         like it can be used to eliminate a biv, but the resulting insn
                   3794:         isn't valid.  This can happen, for example, on the 88k, where a 
                   3795:         JUMP_INSN can compare a register only with zero.  Attempts to
                   3796:         replace it with a comapare with a constant will fail.
                   3797: 
                   3798:         Note that in cases where this call fails, we may have replaced some
                   3799:         of the occurrences of the biv with a giv, but no harm was done in
                   3800:         doing so in the rare cases where it can occur.  */
                   3801: 
                   3802:       if (all_reduced == 1 && bl->eliminable
                   3803:          && maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, 1,
                   3804:                                  threshold, insn_count))
                   3805: 
                   3806:        {
                   3807:          /* ?? If we created a new test to bypass the loop entirely,
                   3808:             or otherwise drop straight in, based on this test, then
                   3809:             we might want to rewrite it also.  This way some later
                   3810:             pass has more hope of removing the initialization of this
                   3811:             biv entirely. */
                   3812: 
                   3813:          /* If final_value != 0, then the biv may be used after loop end
                   3814:             and we must emit an insn to set it just in case.
                   3815: 
                   3816:             Reversed bivs already have an insn after the loop setting their
                   3817:             value, so we don't need another one.  We can't calculate the
                   3818:             proper final value for such a biv here anyways. */
                   3819:          if (final_value != 0 && ! bl->reversed)
                   3820:            {
                   3821:              rtx insert_before;
                   3822: 
                   3823:              /* If the loop has multiple exits, emit the insn before the
                   3824:                 loop to ensure that it will always be executed no matter
                   3825:                 how the loop exits.  Otherwise, emit the insn after the
                   3826:                 loop, since this is slightly more efficient.  */
                   3827:              if (loop_number_exit_labels[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
                   3828:                insert_before = loop_start;
                   3829:              else
                   3830:                insert_before = end_insert_before;
                   3831: 
                   3832:              emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (bl->biv->dest_reg, final_value),
                   3833:                                end_insert_before);
                   3834:            }
                   3835: 
                   3836: #if 0
                   3837:          /* Delete all of the instructions inside the loop which set
                   3838:             the biv, as they are all dead.  If is safe to delete them,
                   3839:             because an insn setting a biv will never be part of a libcall.  */
                   3840:          /* However, deleting them will invalidate the regno_last_uid info,
                   3841:             so keeping them around is more convenient.  Final_biv_value
                   3842:             will only succeed when there are multiple exits if the biv
                   3843:             is dead at each exit, hence it does not matter that the original
                   3844:             insn remains, because it is dead anyways.  */
                   3845:          for (v = bl->biv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3846:            delete_insn (v->insn);
                   3847: #endif
                   3848: 
                   3849:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3850:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv eliminated\n",
                   3851:                     bl->regno);
                   3852:        }
                   3853:     }
                   3854: 
                   3855:   /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making all the
                   3856:      register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP.  */
                   3857: 
                   3858:   for (p = loop_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   3859:     if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   3860:        || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   3861:       {
                   3862:        replace_regs (PATTERN (p), reg_map, max_reg_before_loop, 0);
                   3863:        replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p), reg_map, max_reg_before_loop, 0);
                   3864:       }
                   3865: 
                   3866:   /* Unroll loops from within strength reduction so that we can use the
                   3867:      induction variable information that strength_reduce has already
                   3868:      collected.  */
                   3869:   
                   3870:   if (flag_unroll_loops)
                   3871:     unroll_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start, end_insert_before, 1);
                   3872: 
                   3873:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3874:     fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   3875: }
                   3876: 
                   3877: /* Return 1 if X is a valid source for an initial value (or as value being
                   3878:    compared against in an initial test).
                   3879: 
                   3880:    X must be either a register or constant and must not be clobbered between
                   3881:    the current insn and the start of the loop.
                   3882: 
                   3883:    INSN is the insn containing X.  */
                   3884: 
                   3885: static int
                   3886: valid_initial_value_p (x, insn, call_seen, loop_start)
                   3887:      rtx x;
                   3888:      rtx insn;
                   3889:      int call_seen;
                   3890:      rtx loop_start;
                   3891: {
                   3892:   if (CONSTANT_P (x))
                   3893:     return 1;
                   3894: 
1.1.1.2 ! root     3895:   /* Only consider pseudos we know about initialized in insns whose luids
1.1       root     3896:      we know.  */
                   3897:   if (GET_CODE (x) != REG
                   3898:       || REGNO (x) >= max_reg_before_loop)
                   3899:     return 0;
                   3900: 
                   3901:   /* Don't use call-clobbered registers across a call which clobbers it.  On
                   3902:      some machines, don't use any hard registers at all.  */
                   3903:   if (REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   3904: #ifndef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   3905:       && call_used_regs[REGNO (x)] && call_seen
                   3906: #endif
                   3907:       )
                   3908:     return 0;
                   3909: 
                   3910:   /* Don't use registers that have been clobbered before the start of the
                   3911:      loop.  */
                   3912:   if (reg_set_between_p (x, insn, loop_start))
                   3913:     return 0;
                   3914: 
                   3915:   return 1;
                   3916: }
                   3917: 
                   3918: /* Scan X for memory refs and check each memory address
                   3919:    as a possible giv.  INSN is the insn whose pattern X comes from.
                   3920:    NOT_EVERY_ITERATION is 1 if the insn might not be executed during
                   3921:    every loop iteration.  */
                   3922: 
                   3923: static void
                   3924: find_mem_givs (x, insn, not_every_iteration, loop_start, loop_end)
                   3925:      rtx x;
                   3926:      rtx insn;
                   3927:      int not_every_iteration;
                   3928:      rtx loop_start, loop_end;
                   3929: {
                   3930:   register int i, j;
                   3931:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   3932:   register char *fmt;
                   3933: 
                   3934:   if (x == 0)
                   3935:     return;
                   3936: 
                   3937:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   3938:   switch (code)
                   3939:     {
                   3940:     case REG:
                   3941:     case CONST_INT:
                   3942:     case CONST:
                   3943:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   3944:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   3945:     case LABEL_REF:
                   3946:     case PC:
                   3947:     case CC0:
                   3948:     case ADDR_VEC:
                   3949:     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
                   3950:     case USE:
                   3951:     case CLOBBER:
                   3952:       return;
                   3953: 
                   3954:     case MEM:
                   3955:       {
                   3956:        rtx src_reg;
                   3957:        rtx add_val;
                   3958:        rtx mult_val;
                   3959:        int benefit;
                   3960: 
                   3961:        benefit = general_induction_var (XEXP (x, 0),
                   3962:                                         &src_reg, &add_val, &mult_val);
                   3963: 
                   3964:        /* Don't make a DEST_ADDR giv with mult_val == 1 && add_val == 0.
                   3965:           Such a giv isn't useful.  */
                   3966:        if (benefit > 0 && (mult_val != const1_rtx || add_val != const0_rtx))
                   3967:          {
                   3968:            /* Found one; record it.  */
                   3969:            struct induction *v
                   3970:              = (struct induction *) oballoc (sizeof (struct induction));
                   3971: 
                   3972:            record_giv (v, insn, src_reg, addr_placeholder, mult_val,
                   3973:                        add_val, benefit, DEST_ADDR, not_every_iteration,
                   3974:                        &XEXP (x, 0), loop_start, loop_end);
                   3975: 
                   3976:            v->mem_mode = GET_MODE (x);
                   3977:          }
                   3978:        return;
                   3979:       }
                   3980:     }
                   3981: 
                   3982:   /* Recursively scan the subexpressions for other mem refs.  */
                   3983: 
                   3984:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   3985:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   3986:     if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   3987:       find_mem_givs (XEXP (x, i), insn, not_every_iteration, loop_start,
                   3988:                     loop_end);
                   3989:     else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   3990:       for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   3991:        find_mem_givs (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, not_every_iteration,
                   3992:                       loop_start, loop_end);
                   3993: }
                   3994: 
                   3995: /* Fill in the data about one biv update.
                   3996:    V is the `struct induction' in which we record the biv.  (It is
                   3997:    allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
                   3998:    INSN is the insn that sets it.
                   3999:    DEST_REG is the biv's reg.
                   4000: 
                   4001:    MULT_VAL is const1_rtx if the biv is being incremented here, in which case
                   4002:    INC_VAL is the increment.  Otherwise, MULT_VAL is const0_rtx and the biv is
                   4003:    being set to INC_VAL.  */
                   4004: 
                   4005: static void
                   4006: record_biv (v, insn, dest_reg, inc_val, mult_val, not_every_iteration)
                   4007:      struct induction *v;
                   4008:      rtx insn;
                   4009:      rtx dest_reg;
                   4010:      rtx inc_val;
                   4011:      rtx mult_val;
                   4012:      int not_every_iteration;
                   4013: {
                   4014:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4015: 
                   4016:   v->insn = insn;
                   4017:   v->src_reg = dest_reg;
                   4018:   v->dest_reg = dest_reg;
                   4019:   v->mult_val = mult_val;
                   4020:   v->add_val = inc_val;
                   4021:   v->mode = GET_MODE (dest_reg);
                   4022:   v->always_computable = ! not_every_iteration;
                   4023: 
                   4024:   /* Add this to the reg's iv_class, creating a class
                   4025:      if this is the first incrementation of the reg.  */
                   4026: 
                   4027:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest_reg)];
                   4028:   if (bl == 0)
                   4029:     {
                   4030:       /* Create and initialize new iv_class.  */
                   4031: 
                   4032:       bl = (struct iv_class *) oballoc (sizeof (struct iv_class));
                   4033: 
                   4034:       bl->regno = REGNO (dest_reg);
                   4035:       bl->biv = 0;
                   4036:       bl->giv = 0;
                   4037:       bl->biv_count = 0;
                   4038:       bl->giv_count = 0;
                   4039: 
                   4040:       /* Set initial value to the reg itself.  */
                   4041:       bl->initial_value = dest_reg;
                   4042:       /* We haven't seen the intializing insn yet */
                   4043:       bl->init_insn = 0;
                   4044:       bl->init_set = 0;
                   4045:       bl->initial_test = 0;
                   4046:       bl->incremented = 0;
                   4047:       bl->eliminable = 0;
                   4048:       bl->nonneg = 0;
                   4049:       bl->reversed = 0;
                   4050: 
                   4051:       /* Add this class to loop_iv_list.  */
                   4052:       bl->next = loop_iv_list;
                   4053:       loop_iv_list = bl;
                   4054: 
                   4055:       /* Put it in the array of biv register classes.  */
                   4056:       reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest_reg)] = bl;
                   4057:     }
                   4058: 
                   4059:   /* Update IV_CLASS entry for this biv.  */
                   4060:   v->next_iv = bl->biv;
                   4061:   bl->biv = v;
                   4062:   bl->biv_count++;
                   4063:   if (mult_val == const1_rtx)
                   4064:     bl->incremented = 1;
                   4065: 
                   4066:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4067:     {
                   4068:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   4069:               "Insn %d: possible biv, reg %d,",
                   4070:               INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (dest_reg));
                   4071:       if (GET_CODE (inc_val) == CONST_INT)
                   4072:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " const = %d\n",
                   4073:                 INTVAL (inc_val));
                   4074:       else
                   4075:        {
                   4076:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " const = ");
                   4077:          print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, inc_val);
                   4078:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   4079:        }
                   4080:     }
                   4081: }
                   4082: 
                   4083: /* Fill in the data about one giv.
                   4084:    V is the `struct induction' in which we record the giv.  (It is
                   4085:    allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
                   4086:    INSN is the insn that sets it.
                   4087:    BENEFIT estimates the savings from deleting this insn.
                   4088:    TYPE is DEST_REG or DEST_ADDR; it says whether the giv is computed
                   4089:    into a register or is used as a memory address.
                   4090: 
                   4091:    SRC_REG is the biv reg which the giv is computed from.
                   4092:    DEST_REG is the giv's reg (if the giv is stored in a reg).
                   4093:    MULT_VAL and ADD_VAL are the coefficients used to compute the giv.
                   4094:    LOCATION points to the place where this giv's value appears in INSN.  */
                   4095: 
                   4096: static void
                   4097: record_giv (v, insn, src_reg, dest_reg, mult_val, add_val, benefit,
                   4098:            type, not_every_iteration, location, loop_start, loop_end)
                   4099:      struct induction *v;
                   4100:      rtx insn;
                   4101:      rtx src_reg;
                   4102:      rtx dest_reg;
                   4103:      rtx mult_val, add_val;
                   4104:      int benefit;
                   4105:      enum g_types type;
                   4106:      int not_every_iteration;
                   4107:      rtx *location;
                   4108:      rtx loop_start, loop_end;
                   4109: {
                   4110:   struct induction *b;
                   4111:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4112:   rtx set = single_set (insn);
                   4113:   rtx p;
                   4114: 
                   4115:   v->insn = insn;
                   4116:   v->src_reg = src_reg;
                   4117:   v->giv_type = type;
                   4118:   v->dest_reg = dest_reg;
                   4119:   v->mult_val = mult_val;
                   4120:   v->add_val = add_val;
                   4121:   v->benefit = benefit;
                   4122:   v->location = location;
                   4123:   v->cant_derive = 0;
                   4124:   v->combined_with = 0;
                   4125:   v->maybe_dead = 0;
                   4126:   v->derive_adjustment = 0;
                   4127:   v->same = 0;
                   4128:   v->ignore = 0;
                   4129:   v->new_reg = 0;
                   4130:   v->final_value = 0;
                   4131: 
                   4132:   /* The v->always_computable field is used in update_giv_derive, to
                   4133:      determine whether a giv can be used to derive another giv.  For a
                   4134:      DEST_REG giv, INSN computes a new value for the giv, so its value
                   4135:      isn't computable if INSN insn't executed every iteration.
                   4136:      However, for a DEST_ADDR giv, INSN merely uses the value of the giv;
                   4137:      it does not compute a new value.  Hence the value is always computable
1.1.1.2 ! root     4138:      regardless of whether INSN is executed each iteration.  */
1.1       root     4139: 
                   4140:   if (type == DEST_ADDR)
                   4141:     v->always_computable = 1;
                   4142:   else
                   4143:     v->always_computable = ! not_every_iteration;
                   4144: 
                   4145:   if (type == DEST_ADDR)
                   4146:     {
                   4147:       v->mode = GET_MODE (*location);
                   4148:       v->lifetime = 1;
                   4149:       v->times_used = 1;
                   4150:     }
                   4151:   else /* type == DEST_REG */
                   4152:     {
                   4153:       v->mode = GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set));
                   4154: 
                   4155:       v->lifetime = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]
                   4156:                     - uid_luid[regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]);
                   4157: 
                   4158:       v->times_used = n_times_used[REGNO (dest_reg)];
                   4159: 
                   4160:       /* If the lifetime is zero, it means that this register is
                   4161:         really a dead store.  So mark this as a giv that can be
                   4162:         ignored.  This will not prevent the biv from being eliminated. */
                   4163:       if (v->lifetime == 0)
                   4164:        v->ignore = 1;
                   4165: 
                   4166:       reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = GENERAL_INDUCT;
                   4167:       reg_iv_info[REGNO (dest_reg)] = v;
                   4168:     }
                   4169: 
                   4170:   /* Add the giv to the class of givs computed from one biv.  */
                   4171: 
                   4172:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (src_reg)];
                   4173:   if (bl)
                   4174:     {
                   4175:       v->next_iv = bl->giv;
                   4176:       bl->giv = v;
                   4177:       /* Don't count DEST_ADDR.  This is supposed to count the number of
                   4178:         insns that calculate givs.  */
                   4179:       if (type == DEST_REG)
                   4180:        bl->giv_count++;
                   4181:       bl->total_benefit += benefit;
                   4182:     }
                   4183:   else
                   4184:     /* Fatal error, biv missing for this giv?  */
                   4185:     abort ();
                   4186: 
                   4187:   if (type == DEST_ADDR)
                   4188:     v->replaceable = 1;
                   4189:   else
                   4190:     {
                   4191:       /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
                   4192:         of the following conditions are true:
                   4193:         - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
                   4194:           on which the giv is used at all
                   4195:           (there are two ways to deduce this:
                   4196:            either the insn is executed on every iteration,
                   4197:            or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
                   4198:         - the giv is not used outside the loop
                   4199:         - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime.  */
                   4200: 
                   4201:       if (regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)] == INSN_UID (insn)
                   4202:          /* Previous line always fails if INSN was moved by loop opt.  */
                   4203:          && uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]] < INSN_LUID (loop_end)
                   4204:          && (! not_every_iteration
                   4205:              || last_use_this_basic_block (dest_reg, insn)))
                   4206:        {
                   4207:          /* Now check that there are no assignments to the biv within the
                   4208:             giv's lifetime.  This requires two separate checks.  */
                   4209: 
                   4210:          /* Check each biv update, and fail if any are between the first
                   4211:             and last use of the giv.
                   4212:             
                   4213:             If this loop contains an inner loop that was unrolled, then
                   4214:             the insn modifying the biv may have been emitted by the loop
                   4215:             unrolling code, and hence does not have a valid luid.  Just
                   4216:             mark the biv as not replaceable in this case.  It is not very
                   4217:             useful as a biv, because it is used in two different loops.
                   4218:             It is very unlikely that we would be able to optimize the giv
                   4219:             using this biv anyways.  */
                   4220: 
                   4221:          v->replaceable = 1;
                   4222:          for (b = bl->biv; b; b = b->next_iv)
                   4223:            {
                   4224:              if (INSN_UID (b->insn) >= max_uid_for_loop
                   4225:                  || ((uid_luid[INSN_UID (b->insn)]
                   4226:                       >= uid_luid[regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]])
                   4227:                      && (uid_luid[INSN_UID (b->insn)]
                   4228:                          <= uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]])))
                   4229:                {
                   4230:                  v->replaceable = 0;
                   4231:                  v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4232:                  break;
                   4233:                }
                   4234:            }
                   4235: 
                   4236:          /* Check each insn between the first and last use of the giv,
                   4237:             and fail if any of them are branches that jump to a named label
                   4238:             outside this range, but still inside the loop.  This catches
                   4239:             cases of spaghetti code where the execution order of insns
                   4240:             is not linear, and hence the above test fails.  For example,
                   4241:             in the following code, j is not replaceable:
                   4242:             for (i = 0; i < 100; )      {
                   4243:             L0:        j = 4*i; goto L1;
                   4244:             L2:        k = j;   goto L3;
                   4245:             L1:        i++;     goto L2;
                   4246:             L3:        ;        }
                   4247:             printf ("k = %d\n", k); }
                   4248:             This test is conservative, but this test succeeds rarely enough
                   4249:             that it isn't a problem.  See also check_final_value below.  */
                   4250: 
                   4251:          if (v->replaceable)
                   4252:            for (p = insn;
                   4253:                 INSN_UID (p) >= max_uid_for_loop
                   4254:                 || INSN_LUID (p) < uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]];
                   4255:                 p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   4256:              {
                   4257:                if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p)
                   4258:                    && LABEL_NAME (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4259:                    && ((INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (loop_start)
                   4260:                         && (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4261:                             < uid_luid[regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]))
                   4262:                        || (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (loop_end)
                   4263:                            && (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4264:                                > uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]))))
                   4265:                  {
                   4266:                    v->replaceable = 0;
                   4267:                    v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4268: 
                   4269:                    if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4270:                      fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   4271:                               "Found branch outside giv lifetime.\n");
                   4272: 
                   4273:                    break;
                   4274:                  }
                   4275:              }
                   4276:        }
                   4277:       else
                   4278:        {
                   4279:          /* May still be replaceable, we don't have enough info here to
                   4280:             decide.  */
                   4281:          v->replaceable = 0;
                   4282:          v->not_replaceable = 0;
                   4283:        }
                   4284:     }
                   4285: 
                   4286:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4287:     {
                   4288:       if (type == DEST_REG)
                   4289:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: giv reg %d",
                   4290:                 INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (dest_reg));
                   4291:       else
                   4292:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: dest address",
                   4293:                 INSN_UID (insn));
                   4294: 
                   4295:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " src reg %d benefit %d",
                   4296:               REGNO (src_reg), v->benefit);
                   4297:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " used %d lifetime %d",
                   4298:               v->times_used, v->lifetime);
                   4299: 
                   4300:       if (v->replaceable)
                   4301:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " replaceable");
                   4302: 
                   4303:       if (GET_CODE (mult_val) == CONST_INT)
                   4304:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " mult %d",
                   4305:                 INTVAL (mult_val));
                   4306:       else
                   4307:        {
                   4308:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " mult ");
                   4309:          print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, mult_val);
                   4310:        }
                   4311: 
                   4312:       if (GET_CODE (add_val) == CONST_INT)
                   4313:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " add %d",
                   4314:                 INTVAL (add_val));
                   4315:       else
                   4316:        {
                   4317:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " add ");
                   4318:          print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, add_val);
                   4319:        }
                   4320:     }
                   4321: 
                   4322:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4323:     fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   4324: 
                   4325: }
                   4326: 
                   4327: 
                   4328: /* All this does is determine whether a giv can be made replaceable because
                   4329:    its final value can be calculated.  This code can not be part of record_giv
                   4330:    above, because final_giv_value requires that the number of loop iterations
                   4331:    be known, and that can not be accurately calculated until after all givs
                   4332:    have been identified.  */
                   4333: 
                   4334: static void
                   4335: check_final_value (v, loop_start, loop_end)
                   4336:      struct induction *v;
                   4337:      rtx loop_start, loop_end;
                   4338: {
                   4339:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4340:   rtx final_value = 0;
                   4341:   rtx tem;
                   4342: 
                   4343:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (v->src_reg)];
                   4344: 
                   4345:   /* DEST_ADDR givs will never reach here, because they are always marked
                   4346:      replaceable above in record_giv.  */
                   4347: 
                   4348:   /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
                   4349:      of the following conditions are true:
                   4350:      - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
                   4351:        on which the giv is used at all
                   4352:        (there are two ways to deduce this:
                   4353:         either the insn is executed on every iteration,
                   4354:         or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
                   4355:      - its final value can be calculated (this condition is different
                   4356:        than the one above in record_giv)
                   4357:      - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime.  */
                   4358: 
                   4359: #if 0
                   4360:   /* This is only called now when replaceable is known to be false.  */
                   4361:   /* Clear replaceable, so that it won't confuse final_giv_value.  */
                   4362:   v->replaceable = 0;
                   4363: #endif
                   4364: 
                   4365:   if ((final_value = final_giv_value (v, loop_start, loop_end))
                   4366:       && (v->always_computable || last_use_this_basic_block (v->dest_reg, v->insn)))
                   4367:     {
                   4368:       int biv_increment_seen = 0;
                   4369:       rtx p = v->insn;
                   4370:       rtx last_giv_use;
                   4371: 
                   4372:       v->replaceable = 1;
                   4373: 
                   4374:       /* When trying to determine whether or not a biv increment occurs
                   4375:         during the lifetime of the giv, we can ignore uses of the variable
                   4376:         outside the loop because final_value is true.  Hence we can not
                   4377:         use regno_last_uid and regno_first_uid as above in record_giv.  */
                   4378: 
                   4379:       /* Search the loop to determine whether any assignments to the
                   4380:         biv occur during the giv's lifetime.  Start with the insn
                   4381:         that sets the giv, and search around the loop until we come
                   4382:         back to that insn again.
                   4383: 
                   4384:         Also fail if there is a jump within the giv's lifetime that jumps
                   4385:         to somewhere outside the lifetime but still within the loop.  This
                   4386:         catches spaghetti code where the execution order is not linear, and
                   4387:         hence the above test fails.  Here we assume that the giv lifetime
                   4388:         does not extend from one iteration of the loop to the next, so as
                   4389:         to make the test easier.  Since the lifetime isn't known yet,
                   4390:         this requires two loops.  See also record_giv above.  */
                   4391: 
                   4392:       last_giv_use = v->insn;
                   4393: 
                   4394:       while (1)
                   4395:        {
                   4396:          p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   4397:          if (p == loop_end)
                   4398:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
                   4399:          if (p == v->insn)
                   4400:            break;
                   4401: 
                   4402:          if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   4403:              || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   4404:            {
                   4405:              if (biv_increment_seen)
                   4406:                {
                   4407:                  if (reg_mentioned_p (v->dest_reg, PATTERN (p)))
                   4408:                    {
                   4409:                      v->replaceable = 0;
                   4410:                      v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4411:                      break;
                   4412:                    }
                   4413:                }
                   4414:              else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) == SET
                   4415:                       && SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)) == v->src_reg)
                   4416:                biv_increment_seen = 1;
                   4417:              else if (reg_mentioned_p (v->dest_reg, PATTERN (p)))
                   4418:                last_giv_use = p;
                   4419:            }
                   4420:        }
                   4421:       
                   4422:       /* Now that the lifetime of the giv is known, check for branches
                   4423:         from within the lifetime to outside the lifetime if it is still
                   4424:         replaceable.  */
                   4425: 
                   4426:       if (v->replaceable)
                   4427:        {
                   4428:          p = v->insn;
                   4429:          while (1)
                   4430:            {
                   4431:              p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   4432:              if (p == loop_end)
                   4433:                p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
                   4434:              if (p == last_giv_use)
                   4435:                break;
                   4436: 
                   4437:              if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p)
                   4438:                  && LABEL_NAME (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4439:                  && ((INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (v->insn)
                   4440:                       && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (loop_start))
                   4441:                      || (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (last_giv_use)
                   4442:                          && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (loop_end))))
                   4443:                {
                   4444:                  v->replaceable = 0;
                   4445:                  v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4446: 
                   4447:                  if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4448:                    fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   4449:                             "Found branch outside giv lifetime.\n");
                   4450: 
                   4451:                  break;
                   4452:                }
                   4453:            }
                   4454:        }
                   4455: 
                   4456:       /* If it is replaceable, then save the final value.  */
                   4457:       if (v->replaceable)
                   4458:        v->final_value = final_value;
                   4459:     }
                   4460: 
                   4461:   if (loop_dump_stream && v->replaceable)
                   4462:     fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: giv reg %d final_value replaceable\n",
                   4463:             INSN_UID (v->insn), REGNO (v->dest_reg));
                   4464: }
                   4465: 
                   4466: /* Update the status of whether a giv can derive other givs.
                   4467: 
                   4468:    We need to do something special if there is or may be an update to the biv
                   4469:    between the time the giv is defined and the time it is used to derive
                   4470:    another giv.
                   4471: 
                   4472:    In addition, a giv that is only conditionally set is not allowed to
                   4473:    derive another giv once a label has been passed.
                   4474: 
                   4475:    The cases we look at are when a label or an update to a biv is passed.  */
                   4476: 
                   4477: static void
                   4478: update_giv_derive (p)
                   4479:      rtx p;
                   4480: {
                   4481:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4482:   struct induction *biv, *giv;
                   4483:   rtx tem;
                   4484:   int dummy;
                   4485: 
                   4486:   /* Search all IV classes, then all bivs, and finally all givs.
                   4487: 
                   4488:      There are two cases we are concerned with.  First we have the situation
                   4489:      of a giv that is only updated conditionally.  In that case, it may not
                   4490:      derive any givs after a label is passed.
                   4491: 
                   4492:      The second case is when a biv update occurs, or may occur, after the
                   4493:      definition of a giv.  For certain biv updates (see below) that are
                   4494:      known to occur between the giv definition and use, we can adjust the
                   4495:      giv definition.  For others, or when the biv update is conditional,
                   4496:      we must prevent the giv from deriving any other givs.  There are two
                   4497:      sub-cases within this case.
                   4498: 
                   4499:      If this is a label, we are concerned with any biv update that is done
                   4500:      conditionally, since it may be done after the giv is defined followed by
                   4501:      a branch here (actually, we need to pass both a jump and a label, but
                   4502:      this extra tracking doesn't seem worth it).
                   4503: 
                   4504:      If this is a giv update, we must adjust the giv status to show that a
                   4505:      subsequent biv update was performed.  If this adjustment cannot be done,
                   4506:      the giv cannot derive further givs.  */
                   4507: 
                   4508:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   4509:     for (biv = bl->biv; biv; biv = biv->next_iv)
                   4510:       if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || biv->insn == p)
                   4511:        {
                   4512:          for (giv = bl->giv; giv; giv = giv->next_iv)
                   4513:            {
                   4514:              /* If cant_derive is already true, there is no point in
                   4515:                 checking all of these conditions again.  */
                   4516:              if (giv->cant_derive)
                   4517:                continue;
                   4518: 
                   4519:              /* If this giv is conditionally set and we have passed a label,
                   4520:                 it cannot derive anything.  */
                   4521:              if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL && ! giv->always_computable)
                   4522:                giv->cant_derive = 1;
                   4523: 
                   4524:              /* Skip givs that have mult_val == 0, since
                   4525:                 they are really invariants.  Also skip those that are
                   4526:                 replaceable, since we know their lifetime doesn't contain
                   4527:                 any biv update.  */
                   4528:              else if (giv->mult_val == const0_rtx || giv->replaceable)
                   4529:                continue;
                   4530: 
                   4531:              /* The only way we can allow this giv to derive another
                   4532:                 is if this is a biv increment and we can form the product
                   4533:                 of biv->add_val and giv->mult_val.  In this case, we will
                   4534:                 be able to compute a compensation.  */
                   4535:              else if (biv->insn == p)
                   4536:                {
1.1.1.2 ! root     4537:                  tem = 0;
        !          4538: 
        !          4539:                  if (biv->mult_val == const1_rtx)
        !          4540:                    tem = simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, giv->mode,
        !          4541:                                                      biv->add_val,
        !          4542:                                                      giv->mult_val),
        !          4543:                                             &dummy);
        !          4544: 
        !          4545:                  if (tem && giv->derive_adjustment)
        !          4546:                    tem = simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, giv->mode, tem,
        !          4547:                                                      giv->derive_adjustment),
        !          4548:                                             &dummy);
        !          4549:                  if (tem)
1.1       root     4550:                    giv->derive_adjustment = tem;
                   4551:                  else
                   4552:                    giv->cant_derive = 1;
                   4553:                }
                   4554:              else if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL && ! biv->always_computable)
                   4555:                giv->cant_derive = 1;
                   4556:            }
                   4557:        }
                   4558: }
                   4559: 
                   4560: /* Check whether an insn is an increment legitimate for a basic induction var.
                   4561:    X is the source of the insn.
                   4562:    DEST_REG is the putative biv, also the destination of the insn.
                   4563:    We accept patterns of these forms:
                   4564:      REG = REG + INVARIANT
                   4565:      REG = INVARIANT + REG
                   4566:      REG = REG - CONSTANT
                   4567: 
                   4568:    If X is suitable, we return 1, set *MULT_VAL to CONST1_RTX,
                   4569:    and store the additive term into *INC_VAL.
                   4570: 
                   4571:    If X is an assignment of an invariant into DEST_REG, we set
                   4572:    *MULT_VAL to CONST0_RTX, and store the invariant into *INC_VAL.
                   4573: 
                   4574:    Otherwise we return 0.  */
                   4575: 
                   4576: static int
                   4577: basic_induction_var (x, dest_reg, inc_val, mult_val)
                   4578:      register rtx x;
                   4579:      rtx dest_reg;
                   4580:      rtx *inc_val;
                   4581:      rtx *mult_val;
                   4582: {
                   4583:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   4584:   rtx arg;
                   4585: 
                   4586:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   4587:   switch (code)
                   4588:     {
                   4589:     case PLUS:
                   4590:       if (XEXP (x, 0) == dest_reg)
                   4591:        arg = XEXP (x, 1);
                   4592:       else if (XEXP (x, 1) == dest_reg)
                   4593:        arg = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4594:       else
                   4595:        return 0;
                   4596: 
                   4597:       if (invariant_p (arg) != 1)
                   4598:        return 0;
                   4599: 
                   4600:       *inc_val = arg;
                   4601:       *mult_val = const1_rtx;
                   4602:       return 1;
                   4603: 
                   4604:     case MINUS:
                   4605:       if (XEXP (x, 0) == dest_reg
                   4606:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
                   4607:        *inc_val = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   4608:                            - INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
                   4609:       else
                   4610:        return 0;
                   4611: 
                   4612:       *mult_val = const1_rtx;
                   4613:       return 1;
                   4614: 
                   4615:       /* Can accept constant setting of biv only when inside inner most loop.
                   4616:         Otherwise, a biv of an inner loop may be incorrectly recognized
                   4617:         as a biv of the outer loop,
                   4618:         causing code to be moved INTO the inner loop.  */
                   4619:     case MEM:
                   4620:     case REG:
                   4621:       if (invariant_p (x) != 1)
                   4622:        return 0;
                   4623:     case CONST_INT:
                   4624:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   4625:     case CONST:
                   4626:       if (loops_enclosed == 1)
                   4627:        {
                   4628:          *inc_val = x;
                   4629:          *mult_val = const0_rtx;
                   4630:          return 1;
                   4631:        }
                   4632:       else
                   4633:        return 0;
                   4634: 
                   4635:     default:
                   4636:       return 0;
                   4637:     }
                   4638: }
                   4639: 
                   4640: /* A general induction variable (giv) is any quantity that is a linear
                   4641:    function   of a basic induction variable,
                   4642:    i.e. giv = biv * mult_val + add_val.
                   4643:    The coefficients can be any loop invariant quantity.
                   4644:    A giv need not be computed directly from the biv;
                   4645:    it can be computed by way of other givs.  */
                   4646: 
                   4647: /* Determine whether X computes a giv.
                   4648:    If it does, return a nonzero value
                   4649:      which is the benefit from eliminating the computation of X;
                   4650:    set *SRC_REG to the register of the biv that it is computed from;
                   4651:    set *ADD_VAL and *MULT_VAL to the coefficients,
                   4652:      such that the value of X is biv * mult + add;  */
                   4653: 
                   4654: static int
                   4655: general_induction_var (x, src_reg, add_val, mult_val)
                   4656:      rtx x;
                   4657:      rtx *src_reg;
                   4658:      rtx *add_val;
                   4659:      rtx *mult_val;
                   4660: {
                   4661:   rtx orig_x = x;
                   4662:   int benefit = 0;
                   4663:   char *storage;
                   4664: 
                   4665:   /* If this is an invariant, forget it, it isn't a giv.  */
                   4666:   if (invariant_p (x) == 1)
                   4667:     return 0;
                   4668: 
                   4669:   /* See if the expression could be a giv and get its form.
                   4670:      Mark our place on the obstack in case we don't find a giv.  */
                   4671:   storage = (char *) oballoc (0);
                   4672:   x = simplify_giv_expr (x, &benefit);
                   4673:   if (x == 0)
                   4674:     {
                   4675:       obfree (storage);
                   4676:       return 0;
                   4677:     }
                   4678: 
                   4679:   switch (GET_CODE (x))
                   4680:     {
                   4681:     case USE:
                   4682:     case CONST_INT:
                   4683:       /* Since this is now an invariant and wasn't before, it must be a giv
                   4684:         with MULT_VAL == 0.  It doesn't matter which BIV we associate this
                   4685:         with.  */
                   4686:       *src_reg = loop_iv_list->biv->dest_reg;
                   4687:       *mult_val = const0_rtx;
                   4688:       *add_val = x;
                   4689:       break;
                   4690: 
                   4691:     case REG:
                   4692:       /* This is equivalent to a BIV.  */
                   4693:       *src_reg = x;
                   4694:       *mult_val = const1_rtx;
                   4695:       *add_val = const0_rtx;
                   4696:       break;
                   4697: 
                   4698:     case PLUS:
                   4699:       /* Either (plus (biv) (invar)) or
                   4700:         (plus (mult (biv) (invar_1)) (invar_2)).  */
                   4701:       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT)
                   4702:        {
                   4703:          *src_reg = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
                   4704:          *mult_val = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1);
                   4705:        }
                   4706:       else
                   4707:        {
                   4708:          *src_reg = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4709:          *mult_val = const1_rtx;
                   4710:        }
                   4711:       *add_val = XEXP (x, 1);
                   4712:       break;
                   4713: 
                   4714:     case MULT:
                   4715:       /* ADD_VAL is zero.  */
                   4716:       *src_reg = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4717:       *mult_val = XEXP (x, 1);
                   4718:       *add_val = const0_rtx;
                   4719:       break;
                   4720: 
                   4721:     default:
                   4722:       abort ();
                   4723:     }
                   4724: 
                   4725:   /* Remove any enclosing USE from ADD_VAL and MULT_VAL (there will be
                   4726:      unless they are CONST_INT).  */
                   4727:   if (GET_CODE (*add_val) == USE)
                   4728:     *add_val = XEXP (*add_val, 0);
                   4729:   if (GET_CODE (*mult_val) == USE)
                   4730:     *mult_val = XEXP (*mult_val, 0);
                   4731: 
                   4732:   benefit += rtx_cost (orig_x);
                   4733: 
                   4734:   /* Always return some benefit if this is a giv so it will be detected
                   4735:      as such.  This allows elimination of bivs that might otherwise
                   4736:      not be eliminated.  */
                   4737:   return benefit == 0 ? 1 : benefit;
                   4738: }
                   4739: 
                   4740: /* Given an expression, X, try to form it as a linear function of a biv.
                   4741:    We will canonicalize it to be of the form
                   4742:        (plus (mult (BIV) (invar_1))
                   4743:              (invar_2))
                   4744:    with possibile degeneracies.
                   4745: 
                   4746:    The invariant expressions must each be of a form that can be used as a
                   4747:    machine operand.  We surround then with a USE rtx (a hack, but localized
                   4748:    and certainly unambiguous!) if not a CONST_INT for simplicity in this
                   4749:    routine; it is the caller's responsibility to strip them.
                   4750: 
                   4751:    If no such canonicalization is possible (i.e., two biv's are used or an
                   4752:    expression that is neither invariant nor a biv or giv), this routine
                   4753:    returns 0.
                   4754: 
                   4755:    For a non-zero return, the result will have a code of CONST_INT, USE,
                   4756:    REG (for a BIV), PLUS, or MULT.  No other codes will occur.  
                   4757: 
                   4758:    *BENEFIT will be incremented by the benefit of any sub-giv encountered.  */
                   4759: 
                   4760: static rtx
                   4761: simplify_giv_expr (x, benefit)
                   4762:      rtx x;
                   4763:      int *benefit;
                   4764: {
                   4765:   enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
                   4766:   rtx arg0, arg1;
                   4767:   rtx tem;
                   4768: 
                   4769:   /* If this is not an integer mode, or if we cannot do arithmetic in this
                   4770:      mode, this can't be a giv.  */
                   4771:   if (mode != VOIDmode
                   4772:       && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
                   4773:          || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_INT))
                   4774:     return 0;
                   4775: 
                   4776:   switch (GET_CODE (x))
                   4777:     {
                   4778:     case PLUS:
                   4779:       arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 0), benefit);
                   4780:       arg1 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 1), benefit);
                   4781:       if (arg0 == 0 || arg1 == 0)
                   4782:        return 0;
                   4783: 
                   4784:       /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant.  */
                   4785:       if ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE
                   4786:           || GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
                   4787:          && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
                   4788:        tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
                   4789: 
                   4790:       /* Handle addition of zero, then addition of an invariant.  */
                   4791:       if (arg1 == const0_rtx)
                   4792:        return arg0;
                   4793:       else if (GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (arg1) == USE)
                   4794:        switch (GET_CODE (arg0))
                   4795:          {
                   4796:          case CONST_INT:
                   4797:          case USE:
                   4798:            /* Both invariant.  Only valid if sum is machine operand.
                   4799:               First strip off possible USE on first operand.  */
                   4800:            if (GET_CODE (arg0) == USE)
                   4801:              arg0 = XEXP (arg0, 0);
                   4802: 
                   4803:            tem = 0;
                   4804:            if (CONSTANT_P (arg0) && GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT)
                   4805:              {
                   4806:                tem = plus_constant (arg0, INTVAL (arg1));
                   4807:                if (GET_CODE (tem) != CONST_INT)
                   4808:                  tem = gen_rtx (USE, mode, tem);
                   4809:              }
                   4810: 
                   4811:            return tem;
                   4812: 
                   4813:          case REG:
                   4814:          case MULT:
                   4815:            /* biv + invar or mult + invar.  Return sum.  */
                   4816:            return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, arg0, arg1);
                   4817: 
                   4818:          case PLUS:
                   4819:            /* (a + invar_1) + invar_2.  Associate.  */
                   4820:            return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   4821:                                               XEXP (arg0, 0),
                   4822:                                               gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   4823:                                                        XEXP (arg0, 1), arg1)),
                   4824:                                      benefit);
                   4825: 
                   4826:          default:
                   4827:            abort ();
                   4828:          }
                   4829: 
                   4830:       /* Each argument must be either REG, PLUS, or MULT.  Convert REG to
                   4831:         MULT to reduce cases.  */
                   4832:       if (GET_CODE (arg0) == REG)
                   4833:        arg0 = gen_rtx (MULT, mode, arg0, const1_rtx);
                   4834:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) == REG)
                   4835:        arg1 = gen_rtx (MULT, mode, arg1, const1_rtx);
                   4836: 
                   4837:       /* Now have PLUS + PLUS, PLUS + MULT, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
                   4838:         Put a MULT first, leaving PLUS + PLUS, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
                   4839:         Recurse to associate the second PLUS.  */
                   4840:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) == MULT)
                   4841:        tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
                   4842: 
                   4843:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) == PLUS)
                   4844:          return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   4845:                                             gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   4846:                                                      arg0, XEXP (arg1, 0)),
                   4847:                                             XEXP (arg1, 1)),
                   4848:                                    benefit);
                   4849: 
                   4850:       /* Now must have MULT + MULT.  Distribute if same biv, else not giv.  */
                   4851:       if (GET_CODE (arg0) != MULT || GET_CODE (arg1) != MULT)
                   4852:        abort ();
                   4853: 
                   4854:       if (XEXP (arg0, 0) != XEXP (arg1, 0))
                   4855:        return 0;
                   4856: 
                   4857:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   4858:                                         XEXP (arg0, 0),
                   4859:                                         gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   4860:                                                  XEXP (arg0, 1),
                   4861:                                                  XEXP (arg1, 1))),
                   4862:                                benefit);
                   4863: 
                   4864:     case MINUS:
                   4865:       /* Handle "a - b" as "a + b * (-1)". */
                   4866:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   4867:                                         XEXP (x, 0),
                   4868:                                         gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   4869:                                                  XEXP (x, 1),
                   4870:                                                  gen_rtx (CONST_INT,
                   4871:                                                           VOIDmode, -1))),
                   4872:                                benefit);
                   4873: 
                   4874:     case MULT:
                   4875:       arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 0), benefit);
                   4876:       arg1 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 1), benefit);
                   4877:       if (arg0 == 0 || arg1 == 0)
                   4878:        return 0;
                   4879: 
                   4880:       /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant.  */
                   4881:       if ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE || GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
                   4882:          && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
                   4883:        tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
                   4884: 
                   4885:       /* If second argument is not now constant, not giv.  */
                   4886:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) != USE && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
                   4887:        return 0;
                   4888: 
                   4889:       /* Handle multiply by 0 or 1.  */
                   4890:       if (arg1 == const0_rtx)
                   4891:        return const0_rtx;
                   4892: 
                   4893:       else if (arg1 == const1_rtx)
                   4894:        return arg0;
                   4895: 
                   4896:       switch (GET_CODE (arg0))
                   4897:        {
                   4898:        case REG:
                   4899:          /* biv * invar.  Done.  */
                   4900:          return gen_rtx (MULT, mode, arg0, arg1);
                   4901: 
                   4902:        case CONST_INT:
                   4903:          /* Product of two constants.  */
                   4904:          return gen_rtx (CONST_INT, mode, INTVAL (arg0) * INTVAL (arg1));
                   4905: 
                   4906:        case USE:
                   4907:          /* invar * invar.  Not giv. */
                   4908:          return 0;
                   4909: 
                   4910:        case MULT:
                   4911:          /* (a * invar_1) * invar_2.  Associate.  */
                   4912:          return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   4913:                                             XEXP (arg0, 0),
                   4914:                                             gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   4915:                                                      XEXP (arg0, 1), arg1)),
                   4916:                                    benefit);
                   4917: 
                   4918:        case PLUS:
                   4919:          /* (a + invar_1) * invar_2.  Distribute.  */
                   4920:          return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   4921:                                             gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   4922:                                                      XEXP (arg0, 0), arg1),
                   4923:                                             gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   4924:                                                      XEXP (arg0, 1), arg1)),
                   4925:                                    benefit);
                   4926: 
                   4927:        default:
                   4928:          abort ();
                   4929:        }
                   4930: 
                   4931:     case ASHIFT:
                   4932:     case LSHIFT:
                   4933:       /* Shift by constant is multiply by power of two.  */
                   4934:       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
                   4935:        return 0;
                   4936: 
                   4937:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   4938:                                         XEXP (x, 0),
                   4939:                                         gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   4940:                                                  1 << INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)))),
                   4941:                                benefit);
                   4942: 
                   4943:     case NEG:
                   4944:       /* "-a" is "a * (-1)" */
                   4945:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   4946:                                         XEXP (x, 0),
                   4947:                                         gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, -1)),
                   4948:                                benefit);
                   4949: 
                   4950:     case NOT:
                   4951:       /* "~a" is "-a - 1". Silly, but easy.  */
                   4952:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MINUS, mode,
                   4953:                                         gen_rtx (NEG, mode, XEXP (x, 0)),
                   4954:                                         const1_rtx),
                   4955:                                benefit);
                   4956: 
                   4957:     case USE:
                   4958:       /* Already in proper form for invariant.  */
                   4959:       return x;
                   4960: 
                   4961:     case REG:
                   4962:       /* If this is a new register, we can't deal with it.  */
                   4963:       if (REGNO (x) >= max_reg_before_loop)
                   4964:        return 0;
                   4965: 
                   4966:       /* Check for biv or giv.  */
                   4967:       switch (reg_iv_type[REGNO (x)])
                   4968:        {
                   4969:        case BASIC_INDUCT:
                   4970:          return x;
                   4971:        case GENERAL_INDUCT:
                   4972:          {
                   4973:            struct induction *v = reg_iv_info[REGNO (x)];
                   4974: 
                   4975:            /* Form expression from giv and add benefit.  Ensure this giv
                   4976:               can derive another and subtract any needed adjustment if so.  */
                   4977:            *benefit += v->benefit;
                   4978:            if (v->cant_derive)
                   4979:              return 0;
                   4980: 
                   4981:            tem = gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   4982:                                                v->src_reg, v->mult_val),
                   4983:                           v->add_val);
                   4984:            if (v->derive_adjustment)
                   4985:              tem = gen_rtx (MINUS, mode, tem, v->derive_adjustment);
                   4986:            return simplify_giv_expr (tem, benefit);
                   4987:          }
                   4988:        }
                   4989: 
                   4990:       /* Fall through to general case.  */
                   4991:     default:
                   4992:       /* If invariant, return as USE (unless CONST_INT).
                   4993:         Otherwise, not giv.  */
                   4994:       if (GET_CODE (x) == USE)
                   4995:        x = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4996: 
                   4997:       if (invariant_p (x) == 1)
                   4998:        {
                   4999:          if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
                   5000:            return x;
                   5001:          else
                   5002:            return gen_rtx (USE, mode, x);
                   5003:        }
                   5004:       else
                   5005:        return 0;
                   5006:     }
                   5007: }
                   5008: 
                   5009: /* Help detect a giv that is calculated by several consecutive insns;
                   5010:    for example,
                   5011:       giv = biv * M
                   5012:       giv = giv + A
                   5013:    The caller has already identified the first insn P as having a giv as dest;
                   5014:    we check that all other insns that set the same register follow
                   5015:    immediately after P, that they alter nothing else,
                   5016:    and that the result of the last is still a giv.
                   5017: 
                   5018:    The value is 0 if the reg set in P is not really a giv.
                   5019:    Otherwise, the value is the amount gained by eliminating
                   5020:    all the consecutive insns that compute the value.
                   5021: 
                   5022:    FIRST_BENEFIT is the amount gained by eliminating the first insn, P.
                   5023:    SRC_REG is the reg of the biv; DEST_REG is the reg of the giv.
                   5024: 
                   5025:    The coefficients of the ultimate giv value are stored in
                   5026:    *MULT_VAL and *ADD_VAL.  */
                   5027: 
                   5028: static int
                   5029: consec_sets_giv (first_benefit, p, src_reg, dest_reg,
                   5030:                 add_val, mult_val)
                   5031:      int first_benefit;
                   5032:      rtx p;
                   5033:      rtx src_reg;
                   5034:      rtx dest_reg;
                   5035:      rtx *add_val;
                   5036:      rtx *mult_val;
                   5037: {
                   5038:   int count;
                   5039:   enum rtx_code code;
                   5040:   int benefit;
                   5041:   rtx temp;
                   5042:   rtx set;
                   5043: 
                   5044:   /* Indicate that this is a giv so that we can update the value produced in
                   5045:      each insn of the multi-insn sequence. 
                   5046: 
                   5047:      This induction structure will be used only by the call to
                   5048:      general_induction_var below, so we can allocate it on our stack.
                   5049:      If this is a giv, our caller will replace the induct var entry with
                   5050:      a new induction structure.  */
                   5051:   struct induction *v
                   5052:     = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
                   5053:   v->src_reg = src_reg;
                   5054:   v->mult_val = *mult_val;
                   5055:   v->add_val = *add_val;
                   5056:   v->benefit = first_benefit;
                   5057:   v->cant_derive = 0;
                   5058:   v->derive_adjustment = 0;
                   5059: 
                   5060:   reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = GENERAL_INDUCT;
                   5061:   reg_iv_info[REGNO (dest_reg)] = v;
                   5062: 
                   5063:   count = n_times_set[REGNO (dest_reg)] - 1;
                   5064: 
                   5065:   while (count > 0)
                   5066:     {
                   5067:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   5068:       code = GET_CODE (p);
                   5069: 
                   5070:       /* If libcall, skip to end of call sequence.  */
                   5071:       if (code == INSN && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, 0)))
                   5072:        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   5073: 
                   5074:       if (code == INSN
                   5075:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   5076:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   5077:          && SET_DEST (set) == dest_reg
                   5078:          && ((benefit = general_induction_var (SET_SRC (set), &src_reg,
                   5079:                                                add_val, mult_val))
                   5080:              /* Giv created by equivalent expression.  */
                   5081:              || ((temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, 0))
                   5082:                  && (benefit = general_induction_var (XEXP (temp, 0), &src_reg,
                   5083:                                                       add_val, mult_val))))
                   5084:          && src_reg == v->src_reg)
                   5085:        {
                   5086:          if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, 0))
                   5087:            benefit += libcall_benefit (p);
                   5088: 
                   5089:          count--;
                   5090:          v->mult_val = *mult_val;
                   5091:          v->add_val = *add_val;
                   5092:          v->benefit = benefit;
                   5093:        }
                   5094:       else if (code != NOTE)
                   5095:        {
                   5096:          /* Allow insns that set something other than this giv to a
                   5097:             constant.  Such insns are needed on machines which cannot
                   5098:             include long constants and should not disqualify a giv.  */
                   5099:          if (code == INSN
                   5100:              && (set = single_set (p))
                   5101:              && SET_DEST (set) != dest_reg
                   5102:              && CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (set)))
                   5103:            continue;
                   5104: 
                   5105:          reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = UNKNOWN_INDUCT;
                   5106:          return 0;
                   5107:        }
                   5108:     }
                   5109: 
                   5110:   return v->benefit;
                   5111: }
                   5112: 
                   5113: /* Return an rtx, if any, that expresses giv G2 as a function of the register
                   5114:    represented by G1.  If no such expression can be found, or it is clear that
                   5115:    it cannot possibly be a valid address, 0 is returned. 
                   5116: 
                   5117:    To perform the computation, we note that
                   5118:        G1 = a * v + b          and
                   5119:        G2 = c * v + d
                   5120:    where `v' is the biv.
                   5121: 
                   5122:    So G2 = (c/a) * G1 + (d - b*c/a)  */
                   5123: 
                   5124: #ifdef ADDRESS_COST
                   5125: static rtx
                   5126: express_from (g1, g2)
                   5127:      struct induction *g1, *g2;
                   5128: {
                   5129:   rtx mult, add;
                   5130: 
                   5131:   /* The value that G1 will be multiplied by must be a constant integer.  Also,
                   5132:      the only chance we have of getting a valid address is if b*c/a (see above
                   5133:      for notation) is also an integer.  */
                   5134:   if (GET_CODE (g1->mult_val) != CONST_INT
                   5135:       || GET_CODE (g2->mult_val) != CONST_INT
                   5136:       || GET_CODE (g1->add_val) != CONST_INT
                   5137:       || g1->mult_val == const0_rtx
                   5138:       || INTVAL (g2->mult_val) % INTVAL (g1->mult_val) != 0)
                   5139:     return 0;
                   5140: 
                   5141:   mult = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   5142:                  INTVAL (g2->mult_val) / INTVAL (g1->mult_val));
                   5143:   add = plus_constant (g2->add_val, - INTVAL (g1->add_val) * INTVAL (mult));
                   5144: 
                   5145:   /* Form simplified final result.  */
                   5146:   if (mult == const0_rtx)
                   5147:     return add;
                   5148:   else if (mult == const1_rtx)
                   5149:     mult = g1->dest_reg;
                   5150:   else
                   5151:     mult = gen_rtx (MULT, g2->mode, g1->dest_reg, mult);
                   5152: 
                   5153:   if (add == const0_rtx)
                   5154:     return mult;
                   5155:   else
                   5156:     return gen_rtx (PLUS, g2->mode, mult, add);
                   5157: }
                   5158: #endif
                   5159: 
                   5160: /* Return 1 if giv G2 can be combined with G1.  This means that G2 can use
                   5161:    (either directly or via an address expression) a register used to represent
                   5162:    G1.  Set g2->new_reg to a represtation of G1 (normally just
                   5163:    g1->dest_reg).  */
                   5164: 
                   5165: static int
                   5166: combine_givs_p (g1, g2)
                   5167:      struct induction *g1, *g2;
                   5168: {
                   5169:   rtx tem;
                   5170: 
                   5171:   /* If these givs are identical, they can be combined.  */
                   5172:   if (rtx_equal_p (g1->mult_val, g2->mult_val)
                   5173:       && rtx_equal_p (g1->add_val, g2->add_val))
                   5174:     {
                   5175:       g2->new_reg = g1->dest_reg;
                   5176:       return 1;
                   5177:     }
                   5178: 
                   5179: #ifdef ADDRESS_COST
                   5180:   /* If G2 can be expressed as a function of G1 and that function is valid
                   5181:      as an address and no more expensive than using a register for G2,
                   5182:      the expression of G2 in terms of G1 can be used.  */
                   5183:   if (g2->giv_type == DEST_ADDR
                   5184:       && (tem = express_from (g1, g2)) != 0
                   5185:       && memory_address_p (g2->mem_mode, tem)
                   5186:       && ADDRESS_COST (tem) <= ADDRESS_COST (*g2->location))
                   5187:     {
                   5188:       g2->new_reg = tem;
                   5189:       return 1;
                   5190:     }
                   5191: #endif
                   5192: 
                   5193:   return 0;
                   5194: }
                   5195: 
                   5196: /* Check all pairs of givs for iv_class BL and see if any can be combined with
                   5197:    any other.  If so, point SAME to the giv combined with and set NEW_REG to
                   5198:    be an expression (in terms of the other giv's DEST_REG) equivalent to the
                   5199:    giv.  Also, update BENEFIT and related fields for cost/benefit analysis.  */
                   5200: 
                   5201: static void
                   5202: combine_givs (bl)
                   5203:      struct iv_class *bl;
                   5204: {
                   5205:   struct induction *g1, *g2;
                   5206:   int pass;
                   5207: 
                   5208:   for (g1 = bl->giv; g1; g1 = g1->next_iv)
                   5209:     for (pass = 0; pass <= 1; pass++)
                   5210:       for (g2 = bl->giv; g2; g2 = g2->next_iv)
                   5211:        if (g1 != g2
                   5212:            /* First try to combine with replaceable givs, then all givs. */
                   5213:            && (g1->replaceable || pass == 1)
                   5214:            /* If either has already been combined or is to be ignored, can't
                   5215:               combine.  */
                   5216:            && ! g1->ignore && ! g2->ignore && ! g1->same && ! g2->same
                   5217:            /* If something has been based on G2, G2 cannot itself be based
                   5218:               on something else.  */
                   5219:            && ! g2->combined_with
                   5220:            && combine_givs_p (g1, g2))
                   5221:          {
                   5222:            /* g2->new_reg set by `combine_givs_p'  */
                   5223:            g2->same = g1;
                   5224:            g1->combined_with = 1;
                   5225:            g1->benefit += g2->benefit;
                   5226:            /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job
                   5227:               of finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no
                   5228:               longer be necessary.  */
                   5229:            if (! g2->replaceable && REG_USERVAR_P (g2->dest_reg))
                   5230:              g1->benefit -= copy_cost;
                   5231:            g1->lifetime += g2->lifetime;
                   5232:            g1->times_used += g2->times_used;
                   5233: 
                   5234:            if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5235:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "giv at %d combined with giv at %d\n",
                   5236:                       INSN_UID (g2->insn), INSN_UID (g1->insn));
                   5237:          }
                   5238: }
                   5239: 
                   5240: /* EMIT code before INSERT_BEFORE to set REG = B * M + A.  */
                   5241: 
                   5242: void
                   5243: emit_iv_add_mult (b, m, a, reg, insert_before)
                   5244:      rtx b;          /* initial value of basic induction variable */
                   5245:      rtx m;          /* multiplicative constant */
                   5246:      rtx a;          /* additive constant */
                   5247:      rtx reg;        /* destination register */
                   5248:      rtx insert_before;
                   5249: {
                   5250:   rtx seq;
                   5251:   rtx result;
                   5252: 
                   5253:   /* Prevent unexpected sharing of these rtx.  */
                   5254:   a = copy_rtx (a);
                   5255:   b = copy_rtx (b);
                   5256: 
                   5257:   /* Increase the lifetime of any invariants moved further in code. */
                   5258:   update_reg_last_use (a, insert_before);
                   5259:   update_reg_last_use (b, insert_before);
                   5260:   update_reg_last_use (m, insert_before);
                   5261: 
                   5262:   start_sequence ();
                   5263:   result = expand_mult_add (b, reg, m, a, GET_MODE (reg), 0);
                   5264:   if (reg != result)
                   5265:     emit_move_insn (reg, result);
                   5266:   seq = gen_sequence ();
                   5267:   end_sequence ();
                   5268: 
                   5269:   emit_insn_before (seq, insert_before);
                   5270: }
                   5271: 
                   5272: /* Test whether A * B can be computed without
                   5273:    an actual multiply insn.  Value is 1 if so.  */
                   5274: 
                   5275: static int
                   5276: product_cheap_p (a, b)
                   5277:      rtx a;
                   5278:      rtx b;
                   5279: {
                   5280:   int i;
                   5281:   rtx tmp;
                   5282:   struct obstack *old_rtl_obstack = rtl_obstack;
                   5283:   char *storage = (char *) obstack_alloc (&temp_obstack, 0);
                   5284:   int win = 1;
                   5285: 
                   5286:   /* If only one is constant, make it B. */
                   5287:   if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
                   5288:     tmp = a, a = b, b = tmp;
                   5289: 
                   5290:   /* If first constant, both constant, so don't need multiply.  */
                   5291:   if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
                   5292:     return 1;
                   5293: 
                   5294:   /* If second not constant, neither is constant, so would need multiply.  */
                   5295:   if (GET_CODE (b) != CONST_INT)
                   5296:     return 0;
                   5297: 
                   5298:   /* One operand is constant, so might not need multiply insn.  Generate the
                   5299:      code for the multiply and see if a call or multiply, or long sequence
                   5300:      of insns is generated.  */
                   5301: 
                   5302:   rtl_obstack = &temp_obstack;
                   5303:   start_sequence ();
                   5304:   expand_mult (GET_MODE (a), a, b, 0, 0);
                   5305:   tmp = gen_sequence ();
                   5306:   end_sequence ();
                   5307: 
                   5308:   if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SEQUENCE)
                   5309:     {
                   5310:       if (XVEC (tmp, 0) == 0)
                   5311:        win = 1;
                   5312:       else if (XVECLEN (tmp, 0) > 3)
                   5313:        win = 0;
                   5314:       else
                   5315:        for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (tmp, 0); i++)
                   5316:          {
                   5317:            rtx insn = XVECEXP (tmp, 0, i);
                   5318: 
                   5319:            if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN
                   5320:                || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
                   5321:                    && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == MULT)
                   5322:                || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
                   5323:                    && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0)) == SET
                   5324:                    && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0))) == MULT))
                   5325:              {
                   5326:                win = 0;
                   5327:                break;
                   5328:              }
                   5329:          }
                   5330:     }
                   5331:   else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SET
                   5332:           && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (tmp)) == MULT)
                   5333:     win = 0;
                   5334:   else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == PARALLEL
                   5335:           && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (tmp, 0, 0)) == SET
                   5336:           && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (tmp, 0, 0))) == MULT)
                   5337:     win = 0;
                   5338: 
                   5339:   /* Free any storage we obtained in generating this multiply and restore rtl
                   5340:      allocation to its normal obstack.  */
                   5341:   obstack_free (&temp_obstack, storage);
                   5342:   rtl_obstack = old_rtl_obstack;
                   5343: 
                   5344:   return win;
                   5345: }
                   5346: 
                   5347: /* Check to see if loop can be terminated by a "decrement and branch until
                   5348:    zero" instruction.  If so, add a REG_NONNEG note to the branch insn if so.
                   5349:    Also try reversing an increment loop to a decrement loop
                   5350:    to see if the optimization can be performed.
                   5351:    Value is nonzero if optimization was performed.  */
                   5352: 
                   5353: /* This is useful even if the architecture doesn't have such an insn,
                   5354:    because it might change a loops which increments from 0 to n to a loop
                   5355:    which decrements from n to 0.  A loop that decrements to zero is usually
                   5356:    faster than one that increments from zero.  */
                   5357: 
                   5358: /* ??? This could be rewritten to use some of the loop unrolling procedures,
                   5359:    such as approx_final_value, biv_total_increment, loop_iterations, and
                   5360:    final_[bg]iv_value.  */
                   5361: 
                   5362: static int
                   5363: check_dbra_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start)
                   5364:      rtx loop_end;
                   5365:      int insn_count;
                   5366:      rtx loop_start;
                   5367: {
                   5368:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   5369:   rtx reg;
                   5370:   rtx jump_label;
                   5371:   rtx final_value;
                   5372:   rtx start_value;
                   5373:   enum rtx_code branch_code;
                   5374:   rtx new_add_val;
                   5375:   rtx comparison;
                   5376:   rtx before_comparison;
                   5377:   rtx p;
                   5378: 
                   5379:   /* If last insn is a conditional branch, and the insn before tests a
                   5380:      register value, try to optimize it.  Otherwise, we can't do anything.  */
                   5381: 
                   5382:   comparison = get_condition_for_loop (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5383:   if (comparison == 0)
                   5384:     return 0;
                   5385: 
                   5386:   /* Check all of the bivs to see if the compare uses one of them.
                   5387:      Skip biv's set more than once because we can't guarantee that
                   5388:      it will be zero on the last iteration.  Also skip if the biv is
                   5389:      used between its update and the test insn.  */
                   5390: 
                   5391:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   5392:     {
                   5393:       if (bl->biv_count == 1
                   5394:          && bl->biv->dest_reg == XEXP (comparison, 0)
                   5395:          && ! reg_used_between_p (regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno], bl->biv->insn,
                   5396:                                   PREV_INSN (PREV_INSN (loop_end))))
                   5397:        break;
                   5398:     }
                   5399: 
                   5400:   if (! bl)
                   5401:     return 0;
                   5402: 
                   5403:   /* Look for the case where the basic induction variable is always
                   5404:      nonnegative, and equals zero on the last iteration.
                   5405:      In this case, add a reg_note REG_NONNEG, which allows the
                   5406:      m68k DBRA instruction to be used.  */
                   5407: 
                   5408:   if (((GET_CODE (comparison) == GT
                   5409:        && GET_CODE (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == CONST_INT
                   5410:        && INTVAL (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == -1)
                   5411:        || (GET_CODE (comparison) == NE && XEXP (comparison, 1) == const0_rtx))
                   5412:       && GET_CODE (bl->biv->add_val) == CONST_INT
                   5413:       && INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) < 0)
                   5414:     {
                   5415:       /* Initial value must be greater than 0,
                   5416:         init_val % -dec_value == 0 to ensure that it equals zero on
                   5417:         the last iteration */
                   5418: 
                   5419:       if (GET_CODE (bl->initial_value) == CONST_INT
                   5420:          && INTVAL (bl->initial_value) > 0
                   5421:          && (INTVAL (bl->initial_value) %
                   5422:              (-INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val))) == 0)
                   5423:        {
                   5424:          /* register always nonnegative, add REG_NOTE to branch */
                   5425:          REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end))
                   5426:            = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_NONNEG, 0,
                   5427:                       REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end)));
                   5428:          bl->nonneg = 1;
                   5429: 
                   5430:          return 1;
                   5431:        }
                   5432: 
                   5433:       /* If the decrement is 1 and the value was tested as >= 0 before
                   5434:         the loop, then we can safely optimize.  */
                   5435:       for (p = loop_start; p; p = PREV_INSN (p))
                   5436:        {
                   5437:          if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
                   5438:            break;
                   5439:          if (GET_CODE (p) != JUMP_INSN)
                   5440:            continue;
                   5441: 
                   5442:          before_comparison = get_condition_for_loop (p);
                   5443:          if (before_comparison
                   5444:              && XEXP (before_comparison, 0) == bl->biv->dest_reg
                   5445:              && GET_CODE (before_comparison) == LT
                   5446:              && XEXP (before_comparison, 1) == const0_rtx
                   5447:              && ! reg_set_between_p (bl->biv->dest_reg, p, loop_start)
                   5448:              && INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) == -1)
                   5449:            {
                   5450:              REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end))
                   5451:                = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_NONNEG, 0,
                   5452:                           REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end)));
                   5453:              bl->nonneg = 1;
                   5454: 
                   5455:              return 1;
                   5456:            }
                   5457:        }
                   5458:     }
                   5459:   else if (num_mem_sets <= 1)
                   5460:     {
                   5461:       /* Try to change inc to dec, so can apply above optimization.  */
                   5462:       /* Can do this if:
                   5463:         all registers modified are induction variables or invariant,
                   5464:         all memory references have non-overlapping addresses
                   5465:         (obviously true if only one write)
                   5466:         allow 2 insns for the compare/jump at the end of the loop.  */
                   5467:       int num_nonfixed_reads = 0;
                   5468:       /* 1 if the iteration var is used only to count iterations.  */
                   5469:       int no_use_except_counting = 0;
                   5470: 
                   5471:       for (p = loop_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   5472:        if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
                   5473:          num_nonfixed_reads += count_nonfixed_reads (PATTERN (p));
                   5474: 
                   5475:       if (bl->giv_count == 0
                   5476:          && ! loop_number_exit_labels[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
                   5477:        {
                   5478:          rtx bivreg = regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno];
                   5479: 
                   5480:          /* If there are no givs for this biv, and the only exit is the
                   5481:             fall through at the end of the the loop, then
                   5482:             see if perhaps there are no uses except to count.  */
                   5483:          no_use_except_counting = 1;
                   5484:          for (p = loop_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   5485:            if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
                   5486:              {
                   5487:                rtx set = single_set (p);
                   5488: 
                   5489:                if (set && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   5490:                    && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == bl->regno)
                   5491:                  /* An insn that sets the biv is okay.  */
                   5492:                  ;
                   5493:                else if (p == prev_nonnote_insn (prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end))
                   5494:                         || p == prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end))
                   5495:                  /* Don't bother about the end test.  */
                   5496:                  ;
                   5497:                else if (reg_mentioned_p (bivreg, PATTERN (p)))
                   5498:                  /* Any other use of the biv is no good.  */
                   5499:                  {
                   5500:                    no_use_except_counting = 0;
                   5501:                    break;
                   5502:                  }
                   5503:              }
                   5504:        }
                   5505: 
                   5506:       /* This code only acts for innermost loops.  Also it simplifies
                   5507:         the memory address check by only reversing loops with
                   5508:         zero or one memory access.
                   5509:         Two memory accesses could involve parts of the same array,
                   5510:         and that can't be reversed.  */
                   5511: 
                   5512:       if (num_nonfixed_reads <= 1
                   5513:          && !loop_has_call
                   5514:          && (no_use_except_counting
                   5515:              || (bl->giv_count + bl->biv_count + num_mem_sets
                   5516:                  + num_movables + 2 == insn_count)))
                   5517:        {
                   5518:          rtx condition = get_condition_for_loop (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5519:          int win;
                   5520:          rtx tem;
                   5521: 
                   5522:          /* Loop can be reversed.  */
                   5523:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5524:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Can reverse loop\n");
                   5525: 
                   5526:          /* Now check other conditions:
                   5527:             initial_value must be zero,
                   5528:             final_value % add_val == 0, so that when reversed, the
                   5529:             biv will be zero on the last iteration.
                   5530: 
                   5531:             This test can probably be improved since +/- 1 in the constant
                   5532:             can be obtained by changing LT to LE and vice versa; this is
                   5533:             confusing.  */
                   5534: 
                   5535:          if (comparison && bl->initial_value == const0_rtx
                   5536:              && GET_CODE (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == CONST_INT
                   5537:              /* LE gets turned into LT */
                   5538:              && GET_CODE (comparison) == LT
                   5539:              && (INTVAL (XEXP (comparison, 1))
                   5540:                  % INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val)) == 0)
                   5541:            {
                   5542:              /* Register will always be nonnegative, with value
                   5543:                 0 on last iteration if loop reversed */
                   5544: 
                   5545:              /* Save some info needed to produce the new insns.  */
                   5546:              reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
                   5547:              jump_label = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (PREV_INSN (loop_end))), 1);
                   5548:              new_add_val = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   5549:                                     - INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val));
                   5550: 
                   5551:              final_value = XEXP (comparison, 1);
                   5552:              start_value = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   5553:                                     (INTVAL (XEXP (comparison, 1))
                   5554:                                      - INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val)));
                   5555: 
                   5556:              /* Initialize biv to start_value before loop start.
                   5557:                 The old initializing insn will be deleted as a
                   5558:                 dead store by flow.c.  */
                   5559:              emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (reg, start_value), loop_start);
                   5560: 
                   5561:              /* Add insn to decrement register, and delete insn
                   5562:                 that incremented the register.  */
                   5563:              p = emit_insn_before (gen_add2_insn (reg, new_add_val),
                   5564:                                    bl->biv->insn);
                   5565:              delete_insn (bl->biv->insn);
                   5566:                      
                   5567:              /* Update biv info to reflect its new status.  */
                   5568:              bl->biv->insn = p;
                   5569:              bl->initial_value = start_value;
                   5570:              bl->biv->add_val = new_add_val;
                   5571: 
                   5572:              /* Inc LABEL_NUSES so that delete_insn will
                   5573:                 not delete the label.  */
                   5574:              LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (jump_label, 0)) ++;
                   5575: 
                   5576:              /* Emit an insn after the end of the loop to set the biv's
                   5577:                 proper exit value if it is used anywhere outside the loop.  */
                   5578:              if ((regno_last_uid[bl->regno]
                   5579:                   != INSN_UID (PREV_INSN (PREV_INSN (loop_end))))
                   5580:                  || ! bl->init_insn
                   5581:                  || regno_first_uid[bl->regno] != INSN_UID (bl->init_insn))
                   5582:                emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (reg, final_value),
                   5583:                                 loop_end);
                   5584: 
                   5585:              /* Delete compare/branch at end of loop.  */
                   5586:              delete_insn (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5587:              delete_insn (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5588: 
                   5589:              /* Add new compare/branch insn at end of loop.  */
                   5590:              start_sequence ();
                   5591:              emit_cmp_insn (reg, const0_rtx, GE, 0, GET_MODE (reg), 0, 0);
                   5592:              emit_jump_insn (gen_bge (XEXP (jump_label, 0)));
                   5593:              tem = gen_sequence ();
                   5594:              end_sequence ();
                   5595:              emit_jump_insn_before (tem, loop_end);
                   5596: 
                   5597:              for (tem = PREV_INSN (loop_end);
                   5598:                   tem && GET_CODE (tem) != JUMP_INSN; tem = PREV_INSN (tem))
                   5599:                ;
                   5600:              if (tem)
                   5601:                {
                   5602:                  JUMP_LABEL (tem) = XEXP (jump_label, 0);
                   5603: 
                   5604:                  /* Increment of LABEL_NUSES done above. */
                   5605:                  /* Register is now always nonnegative,
                   5606:                     so add REG_NONNEG note to the branch.  */
                   5607:                  REG_NOTES (tem) = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_NONNEG, 0,
                   5608:                                             REG_NOTES (tem));
                   5609:                }
                   5610: 
                   5611:              bl->nonneg = 1;
                   5612: 
                   5613:              /* Mark that this biv has been reversed.  Each giv which depends
                   5614:                 on this biv, and which is also live past the end of the loop
                   5615:                 will have to be fixed up.  */
                   5616: 
                   5617:              bl->reversed = 1;
                   5618: 
                   5619:              if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5620:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   5621:                         "Reversed loop and added reg_nonneg\n");
                   5622: 
                   5623:              return 1;
                   5624:            }
                   5625:        }
                   5626:     }
                   5627: 
                   5628:   return 0;
                   5629: }
                   5630: 
                   5631: /* Verify whether the biv BL appears to be eliminable,
                   5632:    based on the insns in the loop that refer to it.
                   5633:    LOOP_START is the first insn of the loop, and END is the end insn.
                   5634: 
                   5635:    If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination.
                   5636: 
                   5637:    THRESHOLD and INSN_COUNT are from loop_optimize and are used to
                   5638:    determine whether invariant insns should be placed inside or at the
                   5639:    start of the loop.  */
                   5640: 
                   5641: static int
                   5642: maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, eliminate_p, threshold, insn_count)
                   5643:      struct iv_class *bl;
                   5644:      rtx loop_start;
                   5645:      rtx end;
                   5646:      int eliminate_p;
                   5647:      int threshold, insn_count;
                   5648: {
                   5649:   rtx reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
                   5650:   rtx p, set;
                   5651:   struct induction *v;
                   5652: 
                   5653:   /* Scan all insns in the loop, stopping if we find one that uses the
                   5654:      biv in a way that we cannot eliminate.  */
                   5655: 
                   5656:   for (p = loop_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   5657:     {
                   5658:       enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (p);
                   5659:       rtx where = threshold >= insn_count ? loop_start : p;
                   5660: 
                   5661:       if ((code == INSN || code == JUMP_INSN || code == CALL_INSN)
                   5662:          && reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (p))
                   5663:          && ! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (PATTERN (p), p, bl, eliminate_p, where))
                   5664:        {
                   5665:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5666:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   5667:                     "Cannot eliminate biv %d: biv used in insn %d.\n",
                   5668:                     bl->regno, INSN_UID (p));
                   5669:          break;
                   5670:        }
                   5671:     }
                   5672: 
                   5673:   if (p == end)
                   5674:     {
                   5675:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5676:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "biv %d %s eliminated.\n",
                   5677:                 bl->regno, eliminate_p ? "was" : "can be");
                   5678:       return 1;
                   5679:     }
                   5680: 
                   5681:   return 0;
                   5682: }
                   5683: 
                   5684: /* If BL appears in X (part of the pattern of INSN), see if we can
                   5685:    eliminate its use.  If so, return 1.  If not, return 0.
                   5686: 
                   5687:    If BIV does not appear in X, return 1.
                   5688: 
                   5689:    If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination.  WHERE indicates
                   5690:    where extra insns should be added.  Depending on how many items have been
                   5691:    moved out of the loop, it will either be before INSN or at the start of
                   5692:    the loop.  */
                   5693: 
                   5694: static int
                   5695: maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (x, insn, bl, eliminate_p, where)
                   5696:      rtx x, insn;
                   5697:      struct iv_class *bl;
                   5698:      int eliminate_p;
                   5699:      rtx where;
                   5700: {
                   5701:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                   5702:   rtx reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
                   5703:   enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reg);
                   5704:   struct induction *v;
                   5705:   rtx arg, new, tem;
                   5706:   int arg_operand;
                   5707:   char *fmt;
                   5708:   int i, j;
                   5709: 
                   5710:   switch (code)
                   5711:     {
                   5712:     case REG:
                   5713:       /* If we haven't already been able to do something with this BIV,
                   5714:         we can't eliminate it.  */
                   5715:       if (x == reg)
                   5716:        return 0;
                   5717:       return 1;
                   5718: 
                   5719:     case SET:
                   5720:       /* If this sets the BIV, it is not a problem.  */
                   5721:       if (SET_DEST (x) == reg)
                   5722:        return 1;
                   5723: 
                   5724:       /* If this is an insn that defines a giv, it is also ok because
                   5725:         it will go away when the giv is reduced.  */
                   5726:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5727:        if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG && SET_DEST (x) == v->dest_reg)
                   5728:          return 1;
                   5729: 
                   5730: #ifdef HAVE_cc0
                   5731:       if (SET_DEST (x) == cc0_rtx && SET_SRC (x) == reg)
                   5732:        {
                   5733:          /* Can replace with any giv that was reduced and
                   5734:             that has (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL == 0).
                   5735:             Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.  */
                   5736: 
                   5737:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5738:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && v->mult_val != const0_rtx
                   5739:                && v->add_val == const0_rtx
                   5740:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   5741:                && v->mode == mode)
                   5742:              {
                   5743:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   5744:                  return 1;
                   5745: 
                   5746:                /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
                   5747:                   then reverse the comparison.  */
                   5748:                if (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0)
                   5749:                  new = gen_rtx (COMPARE, GET_MODE (v->new_reg),
                   5750:                                 const0_rtx, v->new_reg);
                   5751:                else
                   5752:                  new = v->new_reg;
                   5753: 
                   5754:                /* We can probably test that giv's reduced reg.  */
                   5755:                if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (x), new, 0))
                   5756:                  return 1;
                   5757:              }
                   5758: 
                   5759:          /* Look for a giv with (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL != 0);
                   5760:             replace test insn with a compare insn (cmp REDUCED_GIV ADD_VAL).
                   5761:             Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.  */
                   5762: 
                   5763:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5764:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && v->mult_val != const0_rtx
                   5765:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   5766:                && v->mode == mode)
                   5767:              {
                   5768:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   5769:                  return 1;
                   5770: 
                   5771:                /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
                   5772:                   then reverse the comparison.  */
                   5773:                if (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0)
                   5774:                  new = gen_rtx (COMPARE, VOIDmode, copy_rtx (v->add_val),
                   5775:                                 v->new_reg);
                   5776:                else
                   5777:                  new = gen_rtx (COMPARE, VOIDmode, v->new_reg,
                   5778:                                 copy_rtx (v->add_val));
                   5779: 
                   5780:                /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced register.  */
                   5781:                update_reg_last_use (v->add_val, insn);
                   5782:                if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), new, 0))
                   5783:                  return 1;
                   5784: 
                   5785:                /* Insn doesn't support that constant or invariant.  Copy it
                   5786:                   into a register (it will be a loop invariant.)  */
                   5787:                tem = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (v->new_reg));
                   5788: 
                   5789:                emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (tem, copy_rtx (v->add_val)),
                   5790:                                  where);
                   5791: 
                   5792:                if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)),
                   5793:                                     gen_rtx (COMPARE, VOIDmode,
                   5794:                                              v->new_reg, tem), 0))
                   5795:                  return 1;
                   5796:              }
                   5797:        }
                   5798: #endif
                   5799:       break;
                   5800: 
                   5801:     case COMPARE:
                   5802:     case EQ:  case NE:
                   5803:     case GT:  case GE:  case GTU:  case GEU:
                   5804:     case LT:  case LE:  case LTU:  case LEU:
                   5805:       /* See if either argument is the biv.  */
                   5806:       if (XEXP (x, 0) == reg)
                   5807:        arg = XEXP (x, 1), arg_operand = 1;
                   5808:       else if (XEXP (x, 1) == reg)
                   5809:        arg = XEXP (x, 0), arg_operand = 0;
                   5810:       else
                   5811:        break;
                   5812: 
                   5813:       if (CONSTANT_P (arg))
                   5814:        {
                   5815:          /* First try to replace with any giv that has constant positive
                   5816:             mult_val and constant add_val.  We might be able to support
                   5817:             negative mult_val, but it seems complex to do it in general.  */
                   5818: 
                   5819:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5820:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
                   5821:                && CONSTANT_P (v->add_val)
                   5822:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   5823:                && v->mode == mode)
                   5824:              {
                   5825:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   5826:                  return 1;
                   5827: 
                   5828:                /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced reg.  */
                   5829:                XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = v->new_reg;
                   5830: 
                   5831:                /* If all constants are actually constant integers and
                   5832:                   the derived constant can be directly placed in the COMPARE,
                   5833:                   do so.  */
                   5834:                if (GET_CODE (arg) == CONST_INT
                   5835:                    && GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT
                   5836:                    && GET_CODE (v->add_val) == CONST_INT
                   5837:                    && validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand),
                   5838:                                        gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode,
                   5839:                                                 (INTVAL (arg)
                   5840:                                                  * INTVAL (v->mult_val)
                   5841:                                                  + INTVAL (v->add_val))), 0))
                   5842:                  return 1;
                   5843: 
                   5844:                /* Otherwise, load it into a register.  */
                   5845:                tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   5846:                emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val, tem, where);
                   5847:                if (validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 0))
                   5848:                  return 1;
                   5849: 
                   5850:                /* If that failed, put back the change we made above.  */
                   5851:                XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = reg;
                   5852:              }
                   5853:          
                   5854:          /* Look for giv with positive constant mult_val and nonconst add_val.
                   5855:             Insert insns to calculate new compare value.  */
                   5856: 
                   5857:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
1.1.1.2 ! root     5858:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
1.1       root     5859:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   5860:                && v->mode == mode)
                   5861:              {
                   5862:                rtx tem;
                   5863: 
                   5864:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   5865:                  return 1;
                   5866: 
                   5867:                tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   5868: 
                   5869:                /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register.  */
                   5870:                validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand),
                   5871:                                 v->new_reg, 1);
                   5872: 
                   5873:                /* Compute value to compare against.  */
                   5874:                emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val, tem, where);
                   5875:                /* Use it in this insn.  */
                   5876:                validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 1);
                   5877:                if (apply_change_group ())
                   5878:                  return 1;
                   5879:              }
                   5880:        }
                   5881:       else if (GET_CODE (arg) == REG || GET_CODE (arg) == MEM)
                   5882:        {
                   5883:          if (invariant_p (arg) == 1)
                   5884:            {
                   5885:              /* Look for giv with constant positive mult_val and nonconst
                   5886:                 add_val. Insert insns to compute new compare value.  */
                   5887: 
                   5888:              for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5889:                if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
                   5890:                    && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   5891:                    && v->mode == mode)
                   5892:                  {
                   5893:                    rtx tem;
                   5894: 
                   5895:                    if (! eliminate_p)
                   5896:                      return 1;
                   5897: 
                   5898:                    tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   5899: 
                   5900:                    /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register.  */
                   5901:                    validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand),
                   5902:                                     v->new_reg, 1);
                   5903: 
                   5904:                    /* Compute value to compare against.  */
                   5905:                    emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val,
                   5906:                                      tem, where);
                   5907:                    validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 1);
                   5908:                    if (apply_change_group ())
                   5909:                      return 1;
                   5910:                  }
                   5911:            }
                   5912: 
                   5913:          /* This code has problems.  Basically, you can't know when
                   5914:             seeing if we will eliminate BL, whether a particular giv
                   5915:             of ARG will be reduced.  If it isn't going to be reduced,
                   5916:             we can't eliminate BL.  We can try forcing it to be reduced,
                   5917:             but that can generate poor code.
                   5918: 
                   5919:             The problem is that the benefit of reducing TV, below should
                   5920:             be increased if BL can actually be eliminated, but this means
                   5921:             we might have to do a topological sort of the order in which
                   5922:             we try to process biv.  It doesn't seem worthwhile to do
                   5923:             this sort of thing now.  */
                   5924: 
                   5925: #if 0
                   5926:          /* Otherwise the reg compared with had better be a biv.  */
                   5927:          if (GET_CODE (arg) != REG
                   5928:              || reg_iv_type[REGNO (arg)] != BASIC_INDUCT)
                   5929:            return 0;
                   5930: 
                   5931:          /* Look for a pair of givs, one for each biv,
                   5932:             with identical coefficients.  */
                   5933:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5934:            {
                   5935:              struct induction *tv;
                   5936: 
                   5937:              if (v->ignore || v->maybe_dead || v->mode != mode)
                   5938:                continue;
                   5939: 
                   5940:              for (tv = reg_biv_class[REGNO (arg)]->giv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
                   5941:                if (! tv->ignore && ! tv->maybe_dead
                   5942:                    && rtx_equal_p (tv->mult_val, v->mult_val)
                   5943:                    && rtx_equal_p (tv->add_val, v->add_val)
                   5944:                    && tv->mode == mode)
                   5945:                  {
                   5946:                    if (! eliminate_p)
                   5947:                      return 1;
                   5948: 
                   5949:                    /* Replace biv with its giv's reduced reg.  */
                   5950:                    XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = v->new_reg;
                   5951:                    /* Replace other operand with the other giv's
                   5952:                       reduced reg.  */
                   5953:                    XEXP (x, arg_operand) = tv->new_reg;
                   5954:                    return 1;
                   5955:                  }
                   5956:            }
                   5957: #endif
                   5958:        }
                   5959: 
                   5960:       /* If we get here, the biv can't be eliminated.  */
                   5961:       return 0;
                   5962: 
                   5963:     case MEM:
                   5964:       /* If this address is a DEST_ADDR giv, it doesn't matter if the
                   5965:         biv is used in it, since it will be replaced.  */
                   5966:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5967:        if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR && v->location == &XEXP (x, 0))
                   5968:          return 1;
                   5969:       break;
                   5970:     }
                   5971: 
                   5972:   /* See if any subexpression fails elimination.  */
                   5973:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   5974:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   5975:     {
                   5976:       switch (fmt[i])
                   5977:        {
                   5978:        case 'e':
                   5979:          if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (XEXP (x, i), insn, bl, 
                   5980:                                       eliminate_p, where))
                   5981:            return 0;
                   5982:          break;
                   5983: 
                   5984:        case 'E':
                   5985:          for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   5986:            if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, bl,
                   5987:                                         eliminate_p, where))
                   5988:              return 0;
                   5989:          break;
                   5990:        }
                   5991:     }
                   5992: 
                   5993:   return 1;
                   5994: }  
                   5995: 
                   5996: /* Return nonzero if the last use of REG
                   5997:    is in an insn following INSN in the same basic block.  */
                   5998: 
                   5999: static int
                   6000: last_use_this_basic_block (reg, insn)
                   6001:      rtx reg;
                   6002:      rtx insn;
                   6003: {
                   6004:   rtx n;
                   6005:   for (n = insn;
                   6006:        n && GET_CODE (n) != CODE_LABEL && GET_CODE (n) != JUMP_INSN;
                   6007:        n = NEXT_INSN (n))
                   6008:     {
                   6009:       if (regno_last_uid[REGNO (reg)] == INSN_UID (n))
                   6010:        return 1;
                   6011:     }
                   6012:   return 0;
                   6013: }
                   6014: 
                   6015: /* Called via `note_stores' to record the initial value of a biv.  Here we
                   6016:    just record the location of the set and process it later.  */
                   6017: 
                   6018: static void
                   6019: record_initial (dest, set)
                   6020:      rtx dest;
                   6021:      rtx set;
                   6022: {
                   6023:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   6024: 
                   6025:   if (GET_CODE (dest) != REG
                   6026:       || REGNO (dest) >= max_reg_before_loop
                   6027:       || reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest)] != BASIC_INDUCT)
                   6028:     return;
                   6029: 
                   6030:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest)];
                   6031: 
                   6032:   /* If this is the first set found, record it.  */
                   6033:   if (bl->init_insn == 0)
                   6034:     {
                   6035:       bl->init_insn = note_insn;
                   6036:       bl->init_set = set;
                   6037:     }
                   6038: }
                   6039: 
                   6040: /* If any of the registers in X are "old" and currently have a last use earlier
                   6041:    than INSN, update them to have a last use of INSN.  Their actual last use
                   6042:    will be the previous insn but it will not have a valid uid_luid so we can't
                   6043:    use it.  */
                   6044: 
                   6045: static void
                   6046: update_reg_last_use (x, insn)
                   6047:      rtx x;
                   6048:      rtx insn;
                   6049: {
                   6050:   /* Check for the case where INSN does not have a valid luid.  In this case,
                   6051:      there is no need to modify the regno_last_uid, as this can only happen
                   6052:      when code is inserted after the loop_end to set a pseudo's final value,
                   6053:      and hence this insn will never be the last use of x.  */
                   6054:   if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < max_reg_before_loop
                   6055:       && INSN_UID (insn) < max_uid_for_loop
                   6056:       && uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (x)]] < uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)])
                   6057:     regno_last_uid[REGNO (x)] = INSN_UID (insn);
                   6058:   else
                   6059:     {
                   6060:       register int i, j;
                   6061:       register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
                   6062:       for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   6063:        {
                   6064:          if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   6065:            update_reg_last_use (XEXP (x, i), insn);
                   6066:          else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   6067:            for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   6068:              update_reg_last_use (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn);
                   6069:        }
                   6070:     }
                   6071: }
                   6072: 
                   6073: /* Given a jump insn JUMP, return the condition that will cause it to branch
                   6074:    to its JUMP_LABEL.  If the condition cannot be understood, or is an
                   6075:    inequality floating-point comparison which needs to be reversed, 0 will
                   6076:    be returned.
                   6077: 
                   6078:    If EARLIEST is non-zero, it is a pointer to a place where the earliest
                   6079:    insn used in locating the condition was found.  If a replacement test
                   6080:    of the condition is desired, it should be placed in front of that
                   6081:    insn and we will be sure that the inputs are still valid.
                   6082: 
                   6083:    The condition will be returned in a canonical form to simplify testing by
                   6084:    callers.  Specifically:
                   6085: 
                   6086:    (1) The code will always be a comparison operation (EQ, NE, GT, etc.).
                   6087:    (2) Both operands will be machine operands; (cc0) will have been replaced.
                   6088:    (3) If an operand is a constant, it will be the second operand.
                   6089:    (4) (LE x const) will be replaced with (LT x <const+1>) and similarly
                   6090:        for GE, GEU, and LEU.  */
                   6091: 
                   6092: rtx
                   6093: get_condition (jump, earliest)
                   6094:      rtx jump;
                   6095:      rtx *earliest;
                   6096: {
                   6097:   enum rtx_code code;
                   6098:   rtx prev = jump;
                   6099:   rtx set;
                   6100:   rtx tem;
                   6101:   rtx op0, op1;
                   6102:   int reverse_code = 0;
                   6103:   int did_reverse_condition = 0;
                   6104: 
                   6105:   /* If this is not a standard conditional jump, we can't parse it.  */
                   6106:   if (GET_CODE (jump) != JUMP_INSN
                   6107:       || ! condjump_p (jump) || simplejump_p (jump))
                   6108:     return 0;
                   6109: 
                   6110:   code = GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0));
                   6111:   op0 = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0), 0);
                   6112:   op1 = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0), 1);
                   6113: 
                   6114:   if (earliest)
                   6115:     *earliest = jump;
                   6116: 
                   6117:   /* If this branches to JUMP_LABEL when the condition is false, reverse
                   6118:      the condition.  */
                   6119:   if (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 2), 0) == JUMP_LABEL (jump))
                   6120:     code = reverse_condition (code), did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
                   6121: 
                   6122:   /* If we are comparing a register with zero, see if the register is set
                   6123:      in the previous insn to a COMPARE or a comparison operation.  Perform
                   6124:      the same tests as a function of STORE_FLAG_VALUE as find_comparison_args
                   6125:      in cse.c  */
                   6126: 
                   6127:   while (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<' && op1 == const0_rtx)
                   6128:     {
                   6129:       /* Set non-zero when we find something of interest.  */
                   6130:       rtx x = 0;
                   6131: 
                   6132: #ifdef HAVE_cc0
                   6133:       /* If comparison with cc0, import actual comparison from compare
                   6134:         insn.  */
                   6135:       if (op0 == cc0_rtx)
                   6136:        {
                   6137:          if ((prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev)) == 0
                   6138:              || GET_CODE (prev) != INSN
                   6139:              || (set = single_set (prev)) == 0
                   6140:              || SET_DEST (set) != cc0_rtx)
                   6141:            return 0;
                   6142: 
                   6143:          op0 = SET_SRC (set);
                   6144:          op1 = CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (op0));
                   6145:          if (earliest)
                   6146:            *earliest = prev;
                   6147:        }
                   6148: #endif
                   6149: 
                   6150:       /* If this is a COMPARE, pick up the two things being compared.  */
                   6151:       if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE)
                   6152:        {
                   6153:          op1 = XEXP (op0, 1);
                   6154:          op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
                   6155:          continue;
                   6156:        }
                   6157:       else if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
                   6158:        break;
                   6159: 
                   6160:       /* Go back to the previous insn.  Stop if it is not an INSN.  We also
                   6161:         stop if it isn't a single set or if it has a REG_INC note because
                   6162:         we don't want to bother dealing with it.  */
                   6163: 
                   6164:       if ((prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev)) == 0
                   6165:          || GET_CODE (prev) != INSN
                   6166:          || FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (prev, 0)
                   6167:          || (set = single_set (prev)) == 0)
                   6168:        break;
                   6169: 
                   6170:       /* If this is setting OP0, get what it sets it to if it looks
                   6171:         relevant.  */
                   6172:       if (SET_DEST (set) == op0)
                   6173:        {
                   6174:          enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set));
                   6175: 
                   6176:          if ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == COMPARE
                   6177:               || ((code == NE
                   6178:                   || (code == LT
                   6179:                       && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT
                   6180:                       && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
                   6181:                           & (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1)))))
                   6182:                   && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set))) == '<')))
                   6183:            x = SET_SRC (set);
                   6184:          else if ((code == EQ
                   6185:                    || (code == GE
                   6186:                        && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT
                   6187:                        && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
                   6188:                            & (1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1)))))
                   6189:                   && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set))) == '<')
                   6190:            {
                   6191:              /* We might have reversed a LT to get a GE here.  But this wasn't
                   6192:                 actually the comparison of data, so we don't flag that we
                   6193:                 have had to reverse the condition.  */
                   6194:              did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
                   6195:              reverse_code = 1;
                   6196:              x = SET_SRC (set);
                   6197:            }
                   6198:        }
                   6199: 
                   6200:       else if (reg_set_p (op0, prev))
                   6201:        /* If this sets OP0, but not directly, we have to give up.  */
                   6202:        break;
                   6203: 
                   6204:       if (x)
                   6205:        {
                   6206:          if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '<')
                   6207:            code = GET_CODE (x);
                   6208:          if (reverse_code)
                   6209:            {
                   6210:              code = reverse_condition (code);
                   6211:              did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
                   6212:              reverse_code = 0;
                   6213:            }
                   6214: 
                   6215:          op0 = XEXP (x, 0), op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
                   6216:          if (earliest)
                   6217:            *earliest = prev;
                   6218:        }
                   6219:     }
                   6220: 
                   6221:   /* If constant is first, put it last.  */
                   6222:   if (CONSTANT_P (op0))
                   6223:     code = swap_condition (code), tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
                   6224: 
                   6225:   /* If OP0 is the result of a comparison, we weren't able to find what
                   6226:      was really being compared, so fail.  */
                   6227:   if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_CC)
                   6228:     return 0;
                   6229: 
                   6230:   /* Canonicalize any ordered comparison with integers involving equality.  */
                   6231:   if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
                   6232:     {
                   6233:       int const_val = INTVAL (op1);
                   6234:       unsigned uconst_val = (unsigned) const_val;
                   6235: 
                   6236:       switch (code)
                   6237:       {
                   6238:       case LE:
                   6239:        code = LT;
                   6240:        op1 = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, const_val + 1);
                   6241:        break;
                   6242: 
                   6243:       case GE:
                   6244:        code = GT;
                   6245:        op1 = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, const_val - 1);
                   6246:        break;
                   6247: 
                   6248:       case LEU:
                   6249:        code = LTU;
                   6250:        op1 = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, uconst_val + 1);
                   6251:        break;
                   6252: 
                   6253:       case GEU:
                   6254:        code = GTU;
                   6255:        op1 = gen_rtx (CONST_INT, VOIDmode, uconst_val - 1);
                   6256:        break;
                   6257:       }
                   6258:     }
                   6259: 
                   6260:   /* If this was floating-point and we reversed anything other than an
                   6261:      EQ or NE, return zero.  */
                   6262:   if (TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT == IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT
                   6263:       && did_reverse_condition && code != NE && code != EQ
                   6264:       && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_FLOAT)
                   6265:     return 0;
                   6266: 
                   6267: #ifdef HAVE_cc0
                   6268:   /* Never return CC0; return zero instead.  */
                   6269:   if (op0 == cc0_rtx)
                   6270:     return 0;
                   6271: #endif
                   6272: 
                   6273:   return gen_rtx (code, VOIDmode, op0, op1);
                   6274: }
                   6275: 
                   6276: /* Similar to above routine, except that we also put an invariant last
                   6277:    unless both operands are invariants.  */
                   6278: 
                   6279: rtx
                   6280: get_condition_for_loop (x)
                   6281:      rtx x;
                   6282: {
                   6283:   rtx comparison = get_condition (x, 0);
                   6284: 
                   6285:   if (comparison == 0
                   6286:       || ! invariant_p (XEXP (comparison, 0))
                   6287:       || invariant_p (XEXP (comparison, 1)))
                   6288:     return comparison;
                   6289: 
                   6290:   return gen_rtx (swap_condition (GET_CODE (comparison)), VOIDmode,
                   6291:                  XEXP (comparison, 1), XEXP (comparison, 0));
                   6292: }

unix.superglobalmegacorp.com

This archive runs on limited infrastructure. Preserving old code on modern bandwidth. Automated agents are requested to crawl responsibly.